Bṛhat Jātaka

मूर्तित्वे परिकल्पितः शश भृतो वर्त्मापुनर्जन्मनामात्मेत्यात्म विदां क्रतुश्च यजतां भर्तामर ज्योतिषाम् । लोकानां प्रलयोद्भवस्थिति विभुश्चानेकधायः श्रुतौ वाचं नः सददात्वनेक किरणस्त्रैलोक्यदीपो रविः

mūrtitve parikalpitaḥ śaśa bhṛto vartmāpunarjanmanāmātmetyātma vidāṃ kratuśca yajatāṃ bhartāmara jyotiṣām | lokānāṃ pralayodbhavasthiti vibhuścānekadhāyaḥ śrutau vācaṃ naḥ sadadātvaneka kiraṇastrailokyadīpo raviḥ

⟨He who is⟩ held to constitute the visible form of the hare-marked ⟨Moon⟩; who is the path of those who are born no more; who, for the knowers of the Self, is the Self; who, for those who sacrifice, is the sacrifice; who is the sustainer of the immortal lights; who is the lord of the dissolution, the arising and the continuance of the worlds; and who is spoken of in the Veda in many ways — may that Sun, of many rays, the lamp of the three worlds, grant us speech.

भूयोभिः पटुबुद्धिभिः पटुधियां होराफलज्ञप्तये शब्दन्यायसमन्वितेषु बहुशः शास्त्रेषु दृष्टेष्वपि । होरातन्त्र महार्णव प्रतरणे भग्नोद्यमानाम् अहं स्वल्पं वृत्त विचित्रम् अर्थ बहुलं शास्त्र प्लवं प्रारभे

bhūyobhiḥ paṭubuddhibhiḥ paṭudhiyāṃ horāphalajñaptaye śabdanyāyasamanviteṣu bahuśaḥ śāstreṣu dṛṣṭeṣvapi | horātantra mahārṇava prataraṇe bhagnodyamānām ahaṃ svalpaṃ vṛtta vicitram artha bahulaṃ śāstra plavaṃ prārabhe

Though treatises furnished with ⟨sound⟩ diction and reasoning have been set forth in plenty, by many keen intellects, for the keen-witted to grasp the fruits of horā, yet for those whose effort has broken in crossing the great ocean of the horā-tantra I begin a small raft of a treatise — varied in its metres, abundant in meaning.

होरेत्यहो रात्र विकल्पम् एके वाञ्छन्ति पूर्वापर वर्ण लोपात् । कर्मार्जितं पूर्व भवे सद् आदि यत् तस्य पङ्क्तिं समभिव्यनक्ति

horetyaho rātra vikalpam eke vāñchanti pūrvāpara varṇa lopāt | karmārjitaṃ pūrva bhave sad ādi yat tasya paṅktiṃ samabhivyanakti

Some would have ⟨the word⟩ horā to be a modification of ahorātra ⟨'day-and-night'⟩, by the dropping of the first and the last syllable. It makes plain the sequence of that karma — good and the rest — which was earned in a former birth.

कालाङ्गानि वराङ्गमाननम् उरो हृत् क्रोड वासो भृतो बस्तिर्व्यञ्जनम् ऊरु जानु युगुले जङ्घे ततोऽङ्घ्रि द्वयम् । मेषाश्वि प्रथमा नवर्क्ष चरणाश्चक्र स्थिताराशयो राशि क्षेत्र गृहर्क्ष भानि भवनं चैकार्थ सम्प्रत्ययाः

kālāṅgāni varāṅgamānanam uro hṛt kroḍa vāso bhṛto bastirvyañjanam ūru jānu yugule jaṅghe tato'ṅghri dvayam | meṣāśvi prathamā navarkṣa caraṇāścakra sthitārāśayo rāśi kṣetra gṛharkṣa bhāni bhavanaṃ caikārtha sampratyayāḥ

The limbs of Kāla ⟨the Time-Person⟩ are: the head, the face, the chest, the heart, the belly, the waist ⟨which bears the garment⟩, the pelvis, the genitals, the two thighs and the two knees, the two shanks, and then the two feet. The rāśis, beginning with Meṣa ⟨and, among the asterisms, with Aśvinī⟩, each of nine nakṣatra-quarters, stand upon the circle. Rāśi, kṣetra, gṛha, ṛkṣa, bha and bhavana are terms conveying one and the same meaning.

मत्स्यौ घटी नृ मिथुनं स गदं स वीणं चापी नरोऽश्व जघनो मकरो मृगास्यः । तौली स सस्यदहना प्लवगा च कन्या शेषाः स्वनाम सदृशाः स्वचराश्च सर्वे

matsyau ghaṭī nṛ mithunaṃ sa gadaṃ sa vīṇaṃ cāpī naro'śva jaghano makaro mṛgāsyaḥ | taulī sa sasyadahanā plavagā ca kanyā śeṣāḥ svanāma sadṛśāḥ svacarāśca sarve

⟨Mīna is⟩ two fishes; ⟨Kumbha⟩ a pot; Mithuna a man and a woman, ⟨he⟩ with a mace and ⟨she⟩ with a lute; ⟨Dhanus⟩ a bow-bearing man whose hindquarters are a horse's; Makara has the face of a deer; ⟨Tulā⟩ holds a balance; and Kanyā, in a boat, ⟨holds⟩ grain and fire. The rest are like their own names, and all of them range in their own ⟨proper haunts⟩.

क्षितिज सित ज्ञ चन्द्ररवि सौम्य सितावनिजाः सुर गुरु मन्द सौरि गुरवश्च गृहांशकपाः । अज मृग तौलि चन्द्र भवनादि नवांश विधिर्भवन समांशकाधिपतयः स्व गृहात् क्रमशः

kṣitija sita jña candraravi saumya sitāvanijāḥ sura guru manda sauri guravaśca gṛhāṃśakapāḥ | aja mṛga tauli candra bhavanādi navāṃśa vidhirbhavana samāṃśakādhipatayaḥ sva gṛhāt kramaśaḥ

Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter are the lords of the ⟨twelve⟩ signs and of their divisions. The rule of the navāṃśas is that they begin from Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩, Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩, Taulī ⟨Tulā⟩ and the Moon's house ⟨Karka⟩ ⟨for the four triplicities in turn⟩; and the lords of the aṃśakas equal in number to the bhavanas ⟨that is, of the twelve dvādaśāṃśas⟩ ⟨run⟩ in order from ⟨each sign's⟩ own house.

कुजरविज गुरु ज्ञ शुक्र भागाः पवन समीरण कौर्पि जूक लेयाः । अयुजि युजि तु भे विपर्ययस्थाः शशि भवनालि झषान्तम् ऋक्ष संधिः

kujaravija guru jña śukra bhāgāḥ pavana samīraṇa kaurpi jūka leyāḥ | ayuji yuji tu bhe viparyayasthāḥ śaśi bhavanāli jhaṣāntam ṛkṣa saṃdhiḥ

The portions of Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are five, five, eight, seven and five ⟨degrees⟩. In an odd sign ⟨thus⟩; but in an even sign they stand in reverse order. The ṛkṣa-sandhi ⟨the junction of the asterisms⟩ is at the end of the Moon's house ⟨Karka⟩, of Ali ⟨Vṛścika⟩ and of Jhaṣa ⟨Mīna⟩.

क्रिय तावुरि जितुम कुलीर लेय पाथोन जूक कौर्प्याख्याः । तौक्षिकाकोकेरो हृद् रोगश्चान्त्य भं चेत्थम्

kriya tāvuri jituma kulīra leya pāthona jūka kaurpyākhyāḥ | taukṣikākokero hṛd rogaścāntya bhaṃ cettham

Kriya, Tāvuri, Jituma, Kulīra, Leya, Pāthona, Jūka and Kaurpi are ⟨further⟩ names ⟨of the signs⟩; and Taukṣika, Ākokera and Hṛdroga; and the last sign is Ittham.

द्रेष्काण होरा नव भाग संज्ञास्त्रिंशांशकद्वादश संज्ञिताश्च । क्षेत्रं च यद्यस्य स तस्य वर्गो होरेति लग्नं भवनस्य चार्धम्

dreṣkāṇa horā nava bhāga saṃjñāstriṃśāṃśakadvādaśa saṃjñitāśca | kṣetraṃ ca yadyasya sa tasya vargo horeti lagnaṃ bhavanasya cārdham

Those called drekkāṇa, horā and navabhāga, and those called triṃśāṃśaka and dvādaśa⟨-ṃśa⟩, and the kṣetra ⟨the sign itself⟩ — whichever of these is a ⟨graha's⟩ own, that is his varga. Horā ⟨also⟩ means the lagna, and the half of a sign.

गोऽजाश्वि कर्कि मिथुनाः स मृगा निशाख्याः पृष्ठोदया विमिथुनाः कथितास्त एव । शीर्षोदया दिन बलाश्च भवन्ति शेषा लग्नं समेत्युभयतः पृथुरोम युग्मम्

go'jāśvi karki mithunāḥ sa mṛgā niśākhyāḥ pṛṣṭhodayā vimithunāḥ kathitāsta eva | śīrṣodayā dina balāśca bhavanti śeṣā lagnaṃ sametyubhayataḥ pṛthuroma yugmam

Go ⟨Vṛṣa⟩, Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩, the horse-one ⟨Dhanus⟩, Karka and Mithuna, together with Makara, are called the night ⟨signs⟩; and these same, excepting Mithuna, are declared back-rising. The rest are head-rising and strong by day. The pair of broad-scaled ones ⟨Mīna⟩ comes to the ascendant from both ⟨ends⟩.

क्रूरः सौम्यः पुरुष वनिते ते चराग द्वि देहाः प्रागादीशाः क्रिय वृष नृयुक् कर्कटाः स त्रिकोणाः । मार्तण्डेन्द्वोरयुजि समभे चन्द्र भान्वोश्च होरे द्रेष्काणाः स्युः स्व भवन सुत त्रित्रिकोणाधिपानाम्

krūraḥ saumyaḥ puruṣa vanite te carāga dvi dehāḥ prāgādīśāḥ kriya vṛṣa nṛyuk karkaṭāḥ sa trikoṇāḥ | mārtaṇḍendvorayuji samabhe candra bhānvośca hore dreṣkāṇāḥ syuḥ sva bhavana suta tritrikoṇādhipānām

⟨The signs, from Meṣa onward, are by turns⟩ malefic and benefic, male and female; and they are movable, fixed and two-bodied. Kriya ⟨Meṣa⟩, Vṛṣa, Nṛyuk ⟨Mithuna⟩ and Karkaṭa, with their trikoṇas, are lords of the directions beginning with the east. In an odd sign the two horās are the Sun's and the Moon's; in an even sign, the Moon's and the Sun's. The drekkāṇas belong to the lords of the sign itself, of the fifth, and of the third trine ⟨the ninth⟩.

के चित् तु होरां प्रथमां भपस्य वाञ्छन्ति लाभाधिपतेर्द्वितीयाम् । द्रेष्काण संज्ञाम् अपि वर्णयन्ति स्वद्वादशैकादशराशिपानाम्

ke cit tu horāṃ prathamāṃ bhapasya vāñchanti lābhādhipaterdvitīyām | dreṣkāṇa saṃjñām api varṇayanti svadvādaśaikādaśarāśipānām

Some, however, would have the first horā belong to the lord of the sign and the second to the lord of the eleventh. They describe the drekkāṇas too as belonging to the lords of the own sign, the twelfth and the eleventh.

अज वृषभ मृगाङ्गना कुलीरा झष वणिजौ च दिवाकरादि तुङ्गाः । दश शिखि मनु युक् तिथीन्द्रियांशैस्त्रि नवक विंशतिभिश्च ते अस्त नीचाः

aja vṛṣabha mṛgāṅganā kulīrā jhaṣa vaṇijau ca divākarādi tuṅgāḥ | daśa śikhi manu yuk tithīndriyāṃśaistri navaka viṃśatibhiśca te asta nīcāḥ

Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩, Vṛṣabha, Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩, Aṅganā ⟨Kanyā⟩, Kulīra ⟨Karka⟩, Jhaṣa ⟨Mīna⟩ and Vaṇij ⟨Tulā⟩ are the exaltations of the Sun and the rest, at ten, three, twenty-eight, fifteen, five, twenty-seven and twenty degrees; and in the seventh ⟨signs⟩ from these they are debilitated.

वर्गोत्तमाश्चरगृहादिषु पूर्व मध्य पर्यन्ततः शुभ फला नव भाग संज्ञाः । सिंहो वृषः प्रथम षष्ठ हयाङ्ग तौलि कुम्भास्त्रिकोण भवनानि भवन्ति सूर्यात्

vargottamāścaragṛhādiṣu pūrva madhya paryantataḥ śubha phalā nava bhāga saṃjñāḥ | siṃho vṛṣaḥ prathama ṣaṣṭha hayāṅga tauli kumbhāstrikoṇa bhavanāni bhavanti sūryāt

In the movable ⟨fixed and dual⟩ signs, the navāṃśas called vargottama — which give auspicious fruit — are the first, the middle and the last ⟨respectively⟩. Siṃha, Vṛṣa, the first ⟨Meṣa⟩, the sixth ⟨Kanyā⟩, the horse-limbed ⟨Dhanus⟩, Taulī ⟨Tulā⟩ and Kumbha are the trikoṇa ⟨mūlatrikoṇa⟩ houses, ⟨of the grahas⟩ beginning with the Sun.

होरादयस्तनु कुटुम्ब सहोत्थ बन्धु पुत्रारि पत्नी मरणानि शुभास्पदायाः । रिःफाख्यम् इत्युपचयान्यरि कर्म लाभदुश्चिक्य संज्ञित गृहाणि न नित्यम् एके

horādayastanu kuṭumba sahottha bandhu putrāri patnī maraṇāni śubhāspadāyāḥ | riḥphākhyam ityupacayānyari karma lābhaduścikya saṃjñita gṛhāṇi na nityam eke

Beginning with the horā ⟨the lagna⟩: tanu ⟨body⟩, kuṭumba ⟨family⟩, sahottha ⟨the co-born⟩, bandhu ⟨kin⟩, putra ⟨son⟩, ari ⟨enemy⟩, patnī ⟨wife⟩, maraṇa ⟨death⟩, śubha, āspada and āya, and that called riḥpha. The houses named ari ⟨the 6th⟩, karman ⟨the 10th⟩, lābha ⟨the 11th⟩ and duścikya ⟨the 3rd⟩ are the upacayas — though some ⟨hold this⟩ not invariably.

कल्प स्व विक्रम गृह प्रतिभा क्षतानि चित्तोत्थरन्ध्र गुरु मान भव व्ययानि । लग्नाच्चतुर्थ निधने चतुरस्र संज्ञे द्यूनं च सप्तम गृहं दशमर्क्षम् आज्ञा

kalpa sva vikrama gṛha pratibhā kṣatāni cittottharandhra guru māna bhava vyayāni | lagnāccaturtha nidhane caturasra saṃjñe dyūnaṃ ca saptama gṛhaṃ daśamarkṣam ājñā

Kalpa, sva, vikrama, gṛha, pratibhā, kṣata, cittottha ⟨that which springs from desire⟩, randhra, guru, māna, bhava and vyaya ⟨are further names for the twelve⟩. The fourth and the nidhana ⟨eighth⟩ from the lagna are called caturasra; the seventh house is dyūna; and the tenth sign is ājñā.

कण्टक केन्द्र चतुष्टय संज्ञाः सप्तम लग्न चतुर्थ ख भानाम् । तेषु यथाभिहितेषु बलाढ्याः कीट नरांबु चराः पशवश्च

kaṇṭaka kendra catuṣṭaya saṃjñāḥ saptama lagna caturtha kha bhānām | teṣu yathābhihiteṣu balāḍhyāḥ kīṭa narāṃbu carāḥ paśavaśca

Kaṇṭaka, kendra and catuṣṭaya are names of the seventh, the lagna, the fourth and the kha ⟨tenth⟩. In these, in the order stated, the insect ⟨signs⟩, the human, the water-ranging and the four-footed are full of strength.

केन्द्रात् परं पणफरं परतस्तु सर्व भापोक्लिमं हिबुकम् अम्बु सुखं च वेश्म । जामित्रम् अस्त भवनं सुतभं त्रिकोणं मेषूरणं दशमम् अत्र च कर्म विद्यात्

kendrāt paraṃ paṇapharaṃ paratastu sarva bhāpoklimaṃ hibukam ambu sukhaṃ ca veśma | jāmitram asta bhavanaṃ sutabhaṃ trikoṇaṃ meṣūraṇaṃ daśamam atra ca karma vidyāt

Next after a kendra is a paṇaphara, and beyond that every sign is āpoklima. Hibuka, ambu, sukha and veśman ⟨name the fourth⟩; jāmitra and the setting house ⟨name the seventh⟩; sutabha ⟨'the house of children'⟩ and trikoṇa ⟨name the fifth⟩; meṣūraṇa is the tenth — and here one should know karma ⟨as its name too⟩.

होरा स्वामि गुरु ज्ञ वीक्षितयुता नान्यैश्च वीर्योत्कटा केन्द्रस्था द्वि पदादयोऽह्नि निशि च प्राप्ते च संध्याद्वये । पूर्वार्धे विषयादयः कृत गुणा मानं प्रतीपं च तद्दुश्चिक्यं सहजं तपश्च नवमं त्र्याद्यं त्रिकोणं च तत्

horā svāmi guru jña vīkṣitayutā nānyaiśca vīryotkaṭā kendrasthā dvi padādayo'hni niśi ca prāpte ca saṃdhyādvaye | pūrvārdhe viṣayādayaḥ kṛta guṇā mānaṃ pratīpaṃ ca tadduścikyaṃ sahajaṃ tapaśca navamaṃ tryādyaṃ trikoṇaṃ ca tat

The horā ⟨lagna⟩ aspected or joined by its lord, by Jupiter or by Mercury — and not by others — is mighty in strength. The bipeds and the rest, standing in kendras, ⟨are strong⟩ by day, by night, and when the two twilights arrive. In the first half ⟨of the circle⟩ the māna ⟨measure of the signs⟩ is five and the numbers following it, multiplied by four ⟨20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40⟩, and that is reversed ⟨in the latter half⟩. Duścikya and sahaja ⟨name the third⟩; tapas ⟨names⟩ the ninth, and that same is the trikoṇa reckoned third.

रक्तः श्वेतः शुक तनु निभः पाटलो धूम्र पांडुश्चित्रः कृष्णः कनक सदृशः पिङ्गलः कर्बुरश्च । बभ्रुः स्वच्छः प्रथम भवनाद्येषु वर्णाः प्लवत्वं स्वाम्याशाख्यं दिन करयुताद् भाद् द्वितीयं च वेशिः

raktaḥ śvetaḥ śuka tanu nibhaḥ pāṭalo dhūmra pāṃḍuścitraḥ kṛṣṇaḥ kanaka sadṛśaḥ piṅgalaḥ karburaśca | babhruḥ svacchaḥ prathama bhavanādyeṣu varṇāḥ plavatvaṃ svāmyāśākhyaṃ dina karayutād bhād dvitīyaṃ ca veśiḥ

Red, white, like a parrot's body ⟨green⟩, pale red, smoky-pale, variegated, black, gold-like, tawny, speckled, brown and clear are the colours ⟨of the signs⟩ beginning with the first. A sign's plava is said to be the direction of its lord. And the second sign from that which the Sun occupies is veśi.

कालात्मादिन कृन् मनस्तुहिनगुः सत्त्वं कुजो ज्ञो वचो जीवो ज्ञान सुखे सितश्च मदनो दुःखं दिनेशात्मजः । राजानौ रवि शीतगू क्षिति सुतो नेता कुमारो बुधः सूरिर्दानव पूजितश्च सचिवौ प्रेष्यः सहस्रांशुजः

kālātmādina kṛn manastuhinaguḥ sattvaṃ kujo jño vaco jīvo jñāna sukhe sitaśca madano duḥkhaṃ dineśātmajaḥ | rājānau ravi śītagū kṣiti suto netā kumāro budhaḥ sūrirdānava pūjitaśca sacivau preṣyaḥ sahasrāṃśujaḥ

The Sun is the soul of Time; the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ is the mind; Mars is vigour; Mercury is speech; Jupiter is knowledge and happiness; and Venus is desire; the son of the lord of day ⟨Saturn⟩ is sorrow. The Sun and the cool-rayed one are the two kings; the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩ is the commander; Mercury is the prince; Jupiter and he who is honoured by the dānavas ⟨Venus⟩ are the two ministers; the son of the thousand-rayed one ⟨Saturn⟩ is the servant.

हेलिः सूर्यश्चन्द्रमाः शीतरश्मिर्हेम्नो विज् ज्ञो बोधनश्चेन्दु पुत्रः । आरो वक्रः क्रूरदृक् चावनेयः कोणो मन्दः सूर्य पुत्रोऽसितश्च

heliḥ sūryaścandramāḥ śītaraśmirhemno vij jño bodhanaścendu putraḥ | āro vakraḥ krūradṛk cāvaneyaḥ koṇo mandaḥ sūrya putro'sitaśca

Heli and Sūrya ⟨name the Sun⟩; Candramas and Śītaraśmi ⟨the Moon⟩; Hemna, Vid, Jña, Bodhana and Induputra ⟨the son of the Moon — Mercury⟩; Āra, Vakra, Krūradṛk and Avaneya ⟨the son of the Earth — Mars⟩; and Koṇa, Manda, Sūryaputra and Asita ⟨Saturn⟩.

जीवोऽङ्गिराः सुर गुरुर्वचसां पतीज्यः शुक्रो भृगुर्भृगुसुतः सित आस्फुजिच्च । राहुस्तमोऽगुरसुरश्च शिखीति केतुः पर्यायम् अन्यम् उपलभ्य वदेच्च लोकात्

jīvo'ṅgirāḥ sura gururvacasāṃ patījyaḥ śukro bhṛgurbhṛgusutaḥ sita āsphujicca | rāhustamo'gurasuraśca śikhīti ketuḥ paryāyam anyam upalabhya vadecca lokāt

Jīva, Aṅgiras, Suraguru ⟨preceptor of the gods⟩, the lord of speech, and Ijya ⟨name Jupiter⟩; Śukra, Bhṛgu, Bhṛgusuta, Sita and Āsphujit ⟨Venus⟩; Rāhu, Tamas, Agu and Asura ⟨Rāhu⟩; and Śikhin and Ketu ⟨Ketu⟩. Any other synonym one may learn from common usage and use.

रक्त श्यामो भास्करो गौर इन्दुर्नात्युच्चाङ्गो रक्त गौरश्च वक्रः । दूर्वा श्यामो ज्ञो गुरुर्गौर गात्रः श्यामः शुक्रो भास्करिः कृष्णदेहः

rakta śyāmo bhāskaro gaura indurnātyuccāṅgo rakta gauraśca vakraḥ | dūrvā śyāmo jño gururgaura gātraḥ śyāmaḥ śukro bhāskariḥ kṛṣṇadehaḥ

The Sun is dark red; the Moon fair; Mars, of no very tall frame, is red and fair; Mercury is dark like dūrvā grass; Jupiter is fair of limb; Venus is dark; and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ is black of body.

वर्णास्ताम्र सितातिरक्त हरित व्यापीत चित्रासिता । वह्न्यम्ब्वग्निज केशवेन्द्र शचिकाः सूर्यादि नाथाः क्रमात् । प्रागाद्यारवि शुक्र लोहित तमः सौरेन्दु वित् सूरयः क्षीणेन्द्वर्क मही सुतार्क तनयाः पापा बुधस्तैर्युतः

varṇāstāmra sitātirakta harita vyāpīta citrāsitā | vahnyambvagnija keśavendra śacikāḥ sūryādi nāthāḥ kramāt | prāgādyāravi śukra lohita tamaḥ saurendu vit sūrayaḥ kṣīṇendvarka mahī sutārka tanayāḥ pāpā budhastairyutaḥ

Their colours are copper, white, deep red, green, pale yellow, variegated and black. The presiding deities of the Sun and the rest, in order, are Fire, the Waters, the son of Fire ⟨Skanda⟩, Keśava, Indra, Śacī and Ka ⟨Brahmā⟩. Beginning from the east, ⟨the directions belong to⟩ the Sun, Venus, Mars, Tamas ⟨Rāhu⟩, Saturn, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter. The waning Moon, the Sun, Mars and Saturn are malefics — and Mercury when joined with them.

बुध सूर्य सुतौ नपुंसकाख्यौ शशि शुक्रौ युवती नराश्च शेषाः । शिखिभू ख पयो मरुद् गणानां वशिनो भूमि सुतादयः क्रमेण

budha sūrya sutau napuṃsakākhyau śaśi śukrau yuvatī narāśca śeṣāḥ | śikhibhū kha payo marud gaṇānāṃ vaśino bhūmi sutādayaḥ krameṇa

Mercury and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ are called neuter; the Moon and Venus are women; the rest are men. Of the classes fire, earth, ether, water and wind, the masters are the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩ and the rest, in order.

विप्रादितः शुक्र गुरू कुजार्कौ शशी बुधश्चेत्यसितोऽन्त्यजानाम् । चन्द्रार्क जीवा ज्ञ सितौ कुजार्की यथा क्रमं सत्त्वरजस्तमांसि

viprāditaḥ śukra gurū kujārkau śaśī budhaścetyasito'ntyajānām | candrārka jīvā jña sitau kujārkī yathā kramaṃ sattvarajastamāṃsi

From the brāhmaṇa onward: Venus and Jupiter, then Mars and the Sun, then the Moon, then Mercury — and Asita ⟨Saturn⟩ belongs to the lowest-born. The Moon, the Sun and Jupiter; Mercury and Venus; Mars and Saturn — are, in that order, sattva, rajas and tamas.

मधु पिङ्गलदृक् चतुरस्र तनुः पित्त प्रकृतिः सविताल्प कचः । तनु वृत्त तनुर्बहु वात कफः प्राज्ञश्च शशी मृदु वाक् शुभदृक्

madhu piṅgaladṛk caturasra tanuḥ pitta prakṛtiḥ savitālpa kacaḥ | tanu vṛtta tanurbahu vāta kaphaḥ prājñaśca śaśī mṛdu vāk śubhadṛk

The Sun has honey-tawny eyes, a square body, a bilious constitution, and scanty hair. The Moon is slender and round of body, abounding in wind and phlegm, wise, soft of speech, and auspicious to look upon.

क्रूरदृक् तरुण मूर्तिरुदारः पैत्तिकः सुचपलः कृश मध्यः । श्लिष्टवाक् सतत हास्यरुचिर्ज्ञः पित्त मारुत कफ प्रकृतिश्च

krūradṛk taruṇa mūrtirudāraḥ paittikaḥ sucapalaḥ kṛśa madhyaḥ | śliṣṭavāk satata hāsyarucirjñaḥ pitta māruta kapha prakṛtiśca

⟨Mars⟩ is cruel of eye, youthful in form, generous, bilious, very fickle, and slender at the waist. Mercury speaks with double meanings, delights in constant laughter, and is of a constitution of bile, wind and phlegm ⟨together⟩.

बृहत् तनुः पिङ्गल मूर्धजेक्षणो बृहस्पतिः श्रेष्ठ मतिः कफात्मकः । भृगुः सुखी कान्त वपुः सुलोचनः कफानिलात्मासित वक्र मूर्धजः

bṛhat tanuḥ piṅgala mūrdhajekṣaṇo bṛhaspatiḥ śreṣṭha matiḥ kaphātmakaḥ | bhṛguḥ sukhī kānta vapuḥ sulocanaḥ kaphānilātmāsita vakra mūrdhajaḥ

Jupiter is large of body, tawny in hair and eyes, of the finest intellect, and phlegmatic. Venus is happy, of lovely body and fine eyes, of a phlegm-and-wind nature, with black curling hair.

मन्दोऽलसः कपिलदृक् कृशदीर्घ गात्रः स्थूलद्विजः परुषरोम कचोऽनिलात्मा । स्नाय्वस्थ्यसृक् त्वग् अथ शुक्र वसे च मज्जा मन्दार्क चन्द्र बुध शुक्र सुरेज्य भौमाः

mando'lasaḥ kapiladṛk kṛśadīrgha gātraḥ sthūladvijaḥ paruṣaroma kaco'nilātmā | snāyvasthyasṛk tvag atha śukra vase ca majjā mandārka candra budha śukra surejya bhaumāḥ

Saturn is slow, tawny-eyed, thin and long of limb, with large teeth, coarse body-hair and head-hair, and of a windy nature. Sinew, bone, blood, skin, and then semen, fat and marrow ⟨belong to⟩ Saturn, the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus, Jupiter and Mars ⟨respectively⟩.

देवाम्ब्वग्नि विहार कोश शयन क्षित्युत्करेशाः क्रमात् । वस्त्रं स्थूलम् अभुक्तम् अग्निक हतं मध्यं दृढं स्फाटितम् । ताम्रं स्यान् मणि हेमयुक्ति रजतान्यर्काच्च मुक्तायसी । द्रेष्काणैः शिशिरादयः शशु रुच ज्ञ ग्वादिषूद्यत्सु वा

devāmbvagni vihāra kośa śayana kṣityutkareśāḥ kramāt | vastraṃ sthūlam abhuktam agnika hataṃ madhyaṃ dṛḍhaṃ sphāṭitam | tāmraṃ syān maṇi hemayukti rajatānyarkācca muktāyasī | dreṣkāṇaiḥ śiśirādayaḥ śaśu ruca jña gvādiṣūdyatsu vā

⟨The Sun and the rest are⟩, in order, lords of the god-house, of water, of fire, of the pleasure-house, of the treasury, of the bed-chamber, and of the heap of earth. The garment is coarse, unworn, fire-damaged, middling, firm, split ⟨— from the Sun onward⟩. From the Sun ⟨onward the substances⟩ are copper, gems, gold, alloy, silver, pearl and iron. The seasons, beginning with śiśira ⟨the cold season⟩, ⟨are told⟩ by the drekkāṇas; or ⟨they belong to⟩ Śa⟨ni⟩, Śu⟨kra⟩, Ru⟨dhira — Mars⟩, Ca⟨ndra⟩, Jña ⟨Mercury⟩, Gu⟨ru⟩ and the rest, when these are rising.

त्रि दश त्रिकोण चतुरस्र सप्तमान्यवलोकयन्ति चरणाभिवृद्धितः । रविजामरेज्यरुधिराः परे च ये क्रमशो भवन्ति किल वीक्षणे अधिकाः

tri daśa trikoṇa caturasra saptamānyavalokayanti caraṇābhivṛddhitaḥ | ravijāmarejyarudhirāḥ pare ca ye kramaśo bhavanti kila vīkṣaṇe adhikāḥ

⟨The grahas⟩ aspect the third and tenth, the trikoṇa ⟨fifth and ninth⟩, the caturasra ⟨fourth and eighth⟩, and the seventh, each ⟨aspect⟩ greater than the one before by a quarter. Saturn, Jupiter and Mars, and the others that follow, are in that order fuller in aspect ⟨upon those places⟩.

अयन क्षण वासरर्तवो मासोऽर्धं च समाश्च भास्करात् । कटुक लवण तिक्त मिश्रिता मधुराम्लौ च कषाय इत्यपि

ayana kṣaṇa vāsarartavo māso'rdhaṃ ca samāśca bhāskarāt | kaṭuka lavaṇa tikta miśritā madhurāmlau ca kaṣāya ityapi

From the Sun ⟨onward⟩: the ayana, the moment, the day, the season, the month, the half-⟨month⟩, and the years. ⟨And the tastes are⟩ pungent, salt, bitter, mixed, and sweet and sour, and astringent too.

जीवो जीव बुधौ सितेन्दु तनयौ व्यर्का विभौमाः क्रमाद् वीन्द्वर्का विकुजेन्द्विनाश्च सुहृदः केषां चिद् एवं मतम् । सत्योक्ते सुहृदस्त्रिकोण भवनात् स्वात् स्वान्त्यधी धर्मपाः स्वोच्चायुः सुखपाः स्वलक्षण विधेर्नान्यैर्विरोधाद् इति

jīvo jīva budhau sitendu tanayau vyarkā vibhaumāḥ kramād vīndvarkā vikujendvināśca suhṛdaḥ keṣāṃ cid evaṃ matam | satyokte suhṛdastrikoṇa bhavanāt svāt svāntyadhī dharmapāḥ svoccāyuḥ sukhapāḥ svalakṣaṇa vidhernānyairvirodhād iti

Jupiter; Jupiter and Mercury; Venus and Mercury; all but the Sun; all but Mars; all but the Moon and the Sun; and all but Mars, the Moon and the Sun — these, in order, are the friends: such is the opinion of some. In what Satya has stated, the friends are the lords of the second, the twelfth, the fifth and the ninth from a graha's own trikoṇa house, and the lords of the eighth and the fourth from its own exaltation — for ⟨this follows⟩ from the rule of its own defining marks, and so there is no conflict with the others.

शत्रू मन्द सितौ समश्च शशिजो मित्राणि शेषारवेस्तीक्ष्णांशुर्हिमरश्मिजश्च सुहृदौ शेषाः समाः शीतगोः । जीवेन्दूष्ण कराः कुजस्य सुहृदो ज्ञोऽरिः सितार्की समौ मित्रे सूर्य सितौ बुधस्य हिमगुः शत्रुः समाश्चापरे

śatrū manda sitau samaśca śaśijo mitrāṇi śeṣāravestīkṣṇāṃśurhimaraśmijaśca suhṛdau śeṣāḥ samāḥ śītagoḥ | jīvendūṣṇa karāḥ kujasya suhṛdo jño'riḥ sitārkī samau mitre sūrya sitau budhasya himaguḥ śatruḥ samāścāpare

For the Sun, Saturn and Venus are enemies, Mercury is neutral, and the rest are friends. For the Moon, the fierce-rayed one ⟨the Sun⟩ and the son of the cool-rayed one ⟨Mercury⟩ are friends; the rest are neutral. For Mars, Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun are friends, Mercury is an enemy, and Venus and Saturn are neutral. For Mercury, the Sun and Venus are friends, the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ is an enemy, and the others are neutral.

सूरेः सौम्य सितावरी रवि सुतो मध्योऽपरे त्वन्यथा सौम्यार्की सुहृदौ समौ कुज गुरू शुक्रस्य शेषावरी । शुक्रज्ञौ सुहृदौ समः सुर गुरुः सौरस्य चान्ये अरयो ये प्रोक्ताः स्व त्रिकोण भादिषु पुनस्ते अमी मया कीर्तिताः

sūreḥ saumya sitāvarī ravi suto madhyo'pare tvanyathā saumyārkī suhṛdau samau kuja gurū śukrasya śeṣāvarī | śukrajñau suhṛdau samaḥ sura guruḥ saurasya cānye arayo ye proktāḥ sva trikoṇa bhādiṣu punaste amī mayā kīrtitāḥ

For Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are enemies, the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ is neutral, and the others are otherwise ⟨that is, friends⟩. For Venus, Mercury and Saturn are friends, Mars and Jupiter are neutral, and the rest are enemies. For Saturn, Venus and Mercury are friends, the preceptor of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ is neutral, and the others are enemies. Those who were declared ⟨friends⟩ by the ⟨rule of⟩ own-trikoṇa signs and the rest — these same ones have now been named by me ⟨plainly⟩.

अन्योन्यस्यधन व्ययाय सहज व्यापार बन्धु स्थितास्तत् काले सुहृदः स्व तुङ्ग भवने अप्येके अरयस्त्वन्यथा । द्व्येकानुक्त भपान् सुहृत् समरिपून् संचिन्त्य नैसर्गिकांस्तत् काले च पुनस्तु तान् अधिसुहृन् मित्रादिभिः कल्पयेत्

anyonyasyadhana vyayāya sahaja vyāpāra bandhu sthitāstat kāle suhṛdaḥ sva tuṅga bhavane apyeke arayastvanyathā | dvyekānukta bhapān suhṛt samaripūn saṃcintya naisargikāṃstat kāle ca punastu tān adhisuhṛn mitrādibhiḥ kalpayet

⟨Grahas⟩ standing to one another in the second, the twelfth, the eleventh, the third, the tenth and the fourth are friends for the time being; some ⟨reckon those⟩ in one's own house and exaltation as well; otherwise they are enemies. Having considered as natural friends, neutrals and enemies the lords of the signs ⟨that so qualify⟩ twice, once, and not at all, and again those ⟨friendships⟩ of the moment, one should then reckon them as best-friend, friend, and the rest.

स्वोच्च सुहृत् स्व त्रिकोण नवांशैः स्थान बलं स्व गृहोपगतैश्च । दिक्षु बुधाङ्गिरसौ रवि भौमौ सूर्य सुतः सित शीत करौ च

svocca suhṛt sva trikoṇa navāṃśaiḥ sthāna balaṃ sva gṛhopagataiśca | dikṣu budhāṅgirasau ravi bhaumau sūrya sutaḥ sita śīta karau ca

Positional strength ⟨arises⟩ from one's exaltation, a friend's ⟨sign⟩, one's own trikoṇa, ⟨and the corresponding⟩ navāṃśas, and from standing in one's own house. In the directions ⟨are strong⟩ Mercury and Aṅgiras ⟨Jupiter⟩, the Sun and Mars, the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩, and Venus and the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩.

उदग् अयने रवि शीत मयूखौ वक्र समागमगाः परिशेषाः । विपुल करा युधि चोत्तर संस्थाश्चेष्टित वीर्ययुताः परिकल्प्याः

udag ayane ravi śīta mayūkhau vakra samāgamagāḥ pariśeṣāḥ | vipula karā yudhi cottara saṃsthāśceṣṭita vīryayutāḥ parikalpyāḥ

The Sun and the Moon ⟨are strong⟩ in the northern course; the rest when retrograde or in conjunction. Those of abundant rays, and those standing to the north in a ⟨planetary⟩ war, are to be reckoned as possessed of the strength of motion.

निशि शशि कुज सौराः सर्वदा ज्ञोऽह्नि चान्ये । बहुल सित गताः स्युः क्रूर सौम्याः क्रमेण । द्व्ययनदिवस होरा मासपैः काल वीर्यं शरु बु गु शु च साद्या वृद्धितो वीर्यवन्तः

niśi śaśi kuja saurāḥ sarvadā jño'hni cānye | bahula sita gatāḥ syuḥ krūra saumyāḥ krameṇa | dvyayanadivasa horā māsapaiḥ kāla vīryaṃ śaru bu gu śu ca sādyā vṛddhito vīryavantaḥ

By night the Moon, Mars and Saturn ⟨are strong⟩; Mercury always; and the others by day. Malefics and benefics are strong when they stand in the dark and the bright ⟨half of the month⟩ respectively. Temporal strength ⟨is reckoned⟩ by the lords of the two ayanas, of the day, of the horā and of the month. Śa⟨ni⟩, Ru⟨dhira — Mars⟩, Bu⟨dha⟩, Gu⟨ru⟩, Śu⟨kra⟩, Ca⟨ndra⟩ and Sā⟨vitṛ — the Sun⟩, beginning ⟨thus⟩, are strong by increase, ⟨each stronger than the one before⟩.

क्रूर ग्रहैः सुबलिभिर्विबलैश्च सौम्यैः क्लीबे चतुष्टय गते तदवेक्षणाद् वा । चन्द्रोपग द्वि रस भाग स मानरूपं सत्त्वं वदेद् यदि भवेत् स वियोनि संज्ञः

krūra grahaiḥ subalibhirvibalaiśca saumyaiḥ klībe catuṣṭaya gate tadavekṣaṇād vā | candropaga dvi rasa bhāga sa mānarūpaṃ sattvaṃ vaded yadi bhavet sa viyoni saṃjñaḥ

Malefic grahas being very strong and the benefics weak, and a neuter ⟨graha⟩ having gone to a kendra — or by its aspect upon that ⟨place⟩ — one should declare the creature to be of a form answering to the twelfth-part (dvādaśāṃśa) which the Moon occupies, if that birth be one termed viyoni ⟨a birth in a womb not human⟩.

पापा बलिनः स्व भागगाः पारक्ये विबलाश्च शोभनाः । लग्नं च वियोनि संज्ञकं दृष्ट्वात्रापि वियोनिम् आदिशेत्

pāpā balinaḥ sva bhāgagāḥ pārakye vibalāśca śobhanāḥ | lagnaṃ ca viyoni saṃjñakaṃ dṛṣṭvātrāpi viyonim ādiśet

Malefics strong and standing in their own bhāgas ⟨navāṃśas⟩, and the benefics weak and in another's; and the lagna one termed viyoni — seeing ⟨this⟩, here too one should declare a birth in a non-human womb.

क्रियः शिरो वक्त्र गले वृषोऽन्ये पादांसकं पृष्ठम् उरोऽथ पार्श्वे । कुक्षिस्त्वपानाङ्घ्र्यथ मेढ्र मुष्कौ स्फिक् पुच्छम् इत्याह चतुष्पदाङ्गे

kriyaḥ śiro vaktra gale vṛṣo'nye pādāṃsakaṃ pṛṣṭham uro'tha pārśve | kukṣistvapānāṅghryatha meḍhra muṣkau sphik puccham ityāha catuṣpadāṅge

Kriya ⟨Aries⟩ is the head, Vṛṣa ⟨Taurus⟩ the mouth and the neck; the others ⟨in order⟩: ⟨Gemini⟩ the fore-feet and shoulders, ⟨Cancer⟩ the back, ⟨Leo⟩ the chest, then ⟨Virgo⟩ the two flanks, ⟨Libra⟩ the belly, ⟨Scorpio⟩ the anus, ⟨Sagittarius⟩ the hind feet, then ⟨Capricorn⟩ the penis and the testicles, ⟨Aquarius⟩ the rump, ⟨Pisces⟩ the tail — thus has it been declared of the limbs of a quadruped.

लग्नांशकाद् ग्रहयोगेक्षणाद् वा वर्णान् वदेद् बलयुक्ता द्वि योनौ । दृष्ट्या स मानान् प्रवदेत् स्व संख्ययारेखां वदेत् स्मर संस्थैश्च पृष्ठे

lagnāṃśakād grahayogekṣaṇād vā varṇān vaded balayuktā dvi yonau | dṛṣṭyā sa mānān pravadet sva saṃkhyayārekhāṃ vadet smara saṃsthaiśca pṛṣṭhe

From the aṃśaka ⟨navāṃśa⟩ of the lagna, or from the conjunction or the aspect of grahas, one should declare the colours in a dvi-yoni ⟨non-human⟩ birth, those ⟨grahas⟩ possessed of strength ⟨prevailing⟩. By aspect one should declare them equal ⟨in number to the aspecting grahas⟩; by their own number one should declare the stripes; and with ⟨grahas⟩ set in the 7th house (smara), ⟨the stripes are⟩ on the back.

खगे दृकाणे बलसंयुतेन वा ग्रहेणयुक्ते चरभांशकोदये । बुधांशके वा विहगाः स्थलांबुजाः शनैश्चरेन्द्वीक्षणयोग संभवाः

khage dṛkāṇe balasaṃyutena vā graheṇayukte carabhāṃśakodaye | budhāṃśake vā vihagāḥ sthalāṃbujāḥ śanaiścarendvīkṣaṇayoga saṃbhavāḥ

When the drekkāṇa is a bird's (khaga), or when it is joined by a graha possessed of strength, or when the aṃśaka of a movable sign rises, or in a Mercury aṃśa ⟨navāṃśa⟩ — birds ⟨are born⟩; and land-birds and water-birds arise ⟨respectively⟩ from the aspect or the conjunction of Saturn and the Moon.

होरेन्दु सूरि रविभिर्विबलैस्तरूणां तोये स्थले तरु भवांश कृतः प्रभेदः । लग्नाद् ग्रहः स्थल जलर्क्ष पतिस्तु यावांस्तावन्त एव तरवः स्थल तोय जाताः

horendu sūri ravibhirvibalaistarūṇāṃ toye sthale taru bhavāṃśa kṛtaḥ prabhedaḥ | lagnād grahaḥ sthala jalarkṣa patistu yāvāṃstāvanta eva taravaḥ sthala toya jātāḥ

The horā ⟨the lagna⟩, the Moon, Jupiter and the Sun being weak, ⟨the birth is⟩ of trees; the distinction between ⟨growth⟩ in water and on land is made by the aṃśa in which the tree comes to be. And however many ⟨signs⟩ from the lagna stands that graha who is lord of the land-sign or of the water-sign, just so many are the trees, land-grown or water-grown.

अन्तः साराञ् जनयति रविर्दुर्भगान् सूर्य सूनुः क्षीरोपेतांस्तुहिन किरणः कण्टकाढ्यांश्च भौमः । वाग् ईश ज्ञौ स फल विफलान् पुष्प वृक्षांश्च शुक्रः स्निग्धान् इन्दुः कटुक विटपान् भूमि पुत्रश्च भूयः

antaḥ sārāñ janayati ravirdurbhagān sūrya sūnuḥ kṣīropetāṃstuhina kiraṇaḥ kaṇṭakāḍhyāṃśca bhaumaḥ | vāg īśa jñau sa phala viphalān puṣpa vṛkṣāṃśca śukraḥ snigdhān induḥ kaṭuka viṭapān bhūmi putraśca bhūyaḥ

The Sun produces trees hard at the core; the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩, ill-favoured ones; the frost-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩, those endowed with milk; and Mars, those thick with thorns. The lord of speech ⟨Jupiter⟩ and Mercury ⟨produce⟩ trees with fruit and without fruit ⟨respectively⟩; and Venus, flowering trees; the Moon, glossy ones; and the earth's son ⟨Mars⟩, again, pungent shrubs.

शुभोऽशुभर्क्षे रुचिरं कुभूमिजं करोति वृक्षं विपरीतम् अन्यथा परांशके यावति विच्युतः स्वकाद् भवन्ति तुल्यास्तरवस्तथा विधाः

śubho'śubharkṣe ruciraṃ kubhūmijaṃ karoti vṛkṣaṃ viparītam anyathā parāṃśake yāvati vicyutaḥ svakād bhavanti tulyāstaravastathā vidhāḥ

A benefic in an inauspicious sign makes a lovely tree, one grown on poor soil; otherwise, the contrary. By however much ⟨the lord⟩ has fallen from his own into another's aṃśa, just so many are the trees, and of that same kind.

कुजेन्दु हेतुः प्रतिमासम् आर्तवं गते तु पीडर्क्षम् अनुष्णदीधितौ । अतोऽन्यथास्थे शुभ पुंग्रहेक्षिते नरेण संयोगम् उपैति कामिनी

kujendu hetuḥ pratimāsam ārtavaṃ gate tu pīḍarkṣam anuṣṇadīdhitau | ato'nyathāsthe śubha puṃgrahekṣite nareṇa saṃyogam upaiti kāminī

Mars and the Moon are the cause of the monthly courses, month by month, when the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ has gone to the sign of affliction (pīḍa-ṛkṣa). When it stands otherwise than this, and is aspected by auspicious male grahas, the woman comes to union with a man.

यथास्तराशिर्मिथुनं समेति तथैव वाच्यो मिथुन प्रयोगः । असद् ग्रहालोकित संयुते अस्ते सरोष इष्टैः स विलास हासः

yathāstarāśirmithunaṃ sameti tathaiva vācyo mithuna prayogaḥ | asad grahālokita saṃyute aste saroṣa iṣṭaiḥ sa vilāsa hāsaḥ

As the setting sign ⟨the 7th⟩ comes to its coupling, just so is the manner of the union to be declared. When the 7th is aspected by or joined with malefic grahas, it is with anger; ⟨when with⟩ the desired ones ⟨benefics⟩, it has dalliance and laughter.

रवीन्दु शुक्रावनिजैः स्वभागगैर्गुरौ त्रिकोणोदय संस्थितेऽपि वा । भवत्यपत्यं हि विबीजिनाम् इमे करा हिमांशोर्विदृशाम् इवाफलाः

ravīndu śukrāvanijaiḥ svabhāgagairgurau trikoṇodaya saṃsthite'pi vā | bhavatyapatyaṃ hi vibījinām ime karā himāṃśorvidṛśām ivāphalāḥ

When the Sun, the Moon, Venus and the earth-born one ⟨Mars⟩ stand in their own divisions, or Jupiter stands in a trikoṇa or in the ascendant (lagna), offspring comes to be — but for the seedless these ⟨combinations⟩ are as fruitless as these rays of the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ are to those who have no eyes.

दिवाकरेन्द्वोः स्मरगौ कुजार्कजौ गद प्रदौ पुङ्गलयोषितोस्तदा । व्यय स्वगौ मृत्युकरौ युतौ तथा तदेकदृष्ट्या मरणाय कल्पितौ

divākarendvoḥ smaragau kujārkajau gada pradau puṅgalayoṣitostadā | vyaya svagau mṛtyukarau yutau tathā tadekadṛṣṭyā maraṇāya kalpitau

Mars and the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ standing in the 7th ⟨smara⟩ from the Sun and from the Moon then give disease to the man and to the woman ⟨respectively⟩. Standing in the 12th ⟨vyaya⟩ and in the 2nd ⟨sva⟩ they are makers of death; so too when joined ⟨with them⟩, and by the aspect of even one of the two they are appointed for death.

दिवार्क शुक्रौ पितृ मातृ संज्ञितौ शनैश्चरेन्दू निशि तद्विपर्ययात् । पितृव्य मातृष्वसृ संज्ञितौ च तावथौजयुग्मर्क्ष गतौ तयोः शुभौ

divārka śukrau pitṛ mātṛ saṃjñitau śanaiścarendū niśi tadviparyayāt | pitṛvya mātṛṣvasṛ saṃjñitau ca tāvathaujayugmarkṣa gatau tayoḥ śubhau

By day the Sun and Venus are named father and mother; by night, by the reverse of that, Saturn and the Moon. And those same two are also named the paternal uncle and the maternal aunt; and when they have gone to an odd and to an even sign ⟨respectively⟩, they are auspicious for those two.

अभिलषद्भिरुदयर्क्षम् असद्भिर्मरणम् एति शुभदृष्टिम् अयाते । उदयराशि सहिते च यमे स्त्री विगलितोडु पति भू सुतदृष्टे

abhilaṣadbhirudayarkṣam asadbhirmaraṇam eti śubhadṛṣṭim ayāte | udayarāśi sahite ca yame strī vigalitoḍu pati bhū sutadṛṣṭe

When malefics desire ⟨aspect⟩ the rising sign and it has come to no benefic aspect, death follows. And when Yama ⟨Saturn⟩ is joined with the rising sign, and it is aspected by the lord of the stars ⟨the Moon⟩ and by the earth's son ⟨Mars⟩, the woman falls away ⟨miscarries⟩.

पापद्वय मध्य संस्थितौ लग्नेन्दू न च सौम्य वीक्षितौ । युगपत् पृथग् एव वा वदेन् नारी गर्भयुता विपद्यते

pāpadvaya madhya saṃsthitau lagnendū na ca saumya vīkṣitau | yugapat pṛthag eva vā vaden nārī garbhayutā vipadyate

When the ascendant and the Moon stand between two malefics and are not aspected by benefics — the two together, or each singly — one should declare that the woman carrying the child perishes.

क्रूरे शशिनश्चतुर्थगे लग्नाद् वा निधनाश्रिते कुजे । बन्ध्वन्त्यगयोः कुजार्कयोः क्षीणेन्दौ निधनाय पूर्ववत्

krūre śaśinaścaturthage lagnād vā nidhanāśrite kuje | bandhvantyagayoḥ kujārkayoḥ kṣīṇendau nidhanāya pūrvavat

When a malefic is in the 4th from the Moon, or Mars is in the 8th ⟨nidhana⟩ from the ascendant; and when Mars and the Sun occupy the 4th ⟨bandhu⟩ and the 12th ⟨antya⟩ with the Moon waned — it makes for death, as before.

उदयास्तगयोः कुजार्कयोर्निधनं शस्त्र कृतं वदेत् तथा । मासाधिपतौ निपीडिते तत् काले स्रवणं समादिशेत्

udayāstagayoḥ kujārkayornidhanaṃ śastra kṛtaṃ vadet tathā | māsādhipatau nipīḍite tat kāle sravaṇaṃ samādiśet

When Mars and the Sun occupy the rising and the setting places ⟨the 1st and the 7th⟩, one should declare a death brought about by a weapon. So too, when the lord of the month is afflicted, one should predict a flowing away ⟨miscarriage⟩ at that time.

शशाङ्क लग्नोपगतैः शुभ ग्रहैस्त्रिकोण जायार्थ सुखास्पद स्थितैः । तृतीय लाभर्क्ष गतैश्च पापकैः सुखी तु गर्भो रविणा निरीक्षितः

śaśāṅka lagnopagataiḥ śubha grahaistrikoṇa jāyārtha sukhāspada sthitaiḥ | tṛtīya lābharkṣa gataiśca pāpakaiḥ sukhī tu garbho raviṇā nirīkṣitaḥ

With benefic grahas gone to the Moon and to the ascendant, or standing in a trikoṇa, in the 7th ⟨jāyā⟩, the 2nd ⟨artha⟩, the 4th ⟨sukha⟩ and the 10th ⟨āspada⟩; and with malefics gone to the 3rd and the 11th ⟨lābha⟩ signs — the child in the womb is at ease, ⟨and so⟩ aspected by the Sun.

ओजर्क्षे पुरुषांशकेषु बलिभिर्लग्नार्क गुर्विन्दुभिः पुंजन्म प्रवदेत् समांशक गतैर्युग्मेषु तैर्योषितः । गुर्वर्कौ विषमे नरं शशि सितौ वक्रश्च युग्मे स्त्रियम् । द्व्यङ्गस्था बुध वीक्षणाच्च यमलौ कुर्वन्ति पक्षे स्वके

ojarkṣe puruṣāṃśakeṣu balibhirlagnārka gurvindubhiḥ puṃjanma pravadet samāṃśaka gatairyugmeṣu tairyoṣitaḥ | gurvarkau viṣame naraṃ śaśi sitau vakraśca yugme striyam | dvyaṅgasthā budha vīkṣaṇācca yamalau kurvanti pakṣe svake

When the ascendant, the Sun, Jupiter and the Moon are strong, in an odd sign and in male aṃśas, one should declare a male birth; when those same have gone to even aṃśas, in even signs, ⟨the birth⟩ of a woman. Jupiter and the Sun in an odd ⟨sign give⟩ a male; the Moon, Venus and Mars in an even one, a female. And standing in two-bodied signs, by the aspect of Mercury they make twins, each within its own party.

विहाय लग्नं विषमर्क्ष संस्थः सौरोऽपि पुंजन्म करो विलग्नात् । प्रोक्त ग्रहाणाम् अवलोक्य वीर्यं वाच्यः प्रसूतौ पुरुषोऽङ्गना वा

vihāya lagnaṃ viṣamarkṣa saṃsthaḥ sauro'pi puṃjanma karo vilagnāt | prokta grahāṇām avalokya vīryaṃ vācyaḥ prasūtau puruṣo'ṅganā vā

Leaving the ascendant aside, Saturn too, standing in an odd sign ⟨counted⟩ from the ascendant, is a maker of male birth. Having looked to the strength of the grahas spoken of, a male or a woman is to be declared at the delivery.

अन्योन्यं यदि पश्यतः शशि रवी यद्यर्कि सौम्यावपि वक्रो वा समगं दिनेशम् असमे चन्द्रोदयौ चेत् स्थितौ । युग्मौजर्क्ष गतावपीन्दु शशिजौ भूम्यात्मजेनेक्षितौ पुम्भागे सित लग्न शीत किरणाः षट् क्लीबयोगाः स्मृताः

anyonyaṃ yadi paśyataḥ śaśi ravī yadyarki saumyāvapi vakro vā samagaṃ dineśam asame candrodayau cet sthitau | yugmaujarkṣa gatāvapīndu śaśijau bhūmyātmajenekṣitau pumbhāge sita lagna śīta kiraṇāḥ ṣaṭ klībayogāḥ smṛtāḥ

If the Moon and the Sun aspect one another; if Saturn and Mercury, or else Mars, ⟨aspect⟩ the lord of day ⟨the Sun⟩ standing in an even sign, and the Moon and the ascendant are placed in an odd one; if the Moon and Mercury, gone to an even and to an odd sign, are aspected by the earth's son ⟨Mars⟩; ⟨and if⟩ Venus, the ascendant and the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ are in a male division ⟨bhāga, an odd navāṃśa⟩ — these are remembered as the six klība-yogas ⟨of one who is neither man nor woman⟩.

युग्मे चन्द्र सितौ तथौज भवने स्युर्ज्ञार जीवोदया लग्नेन्दू नृ निरीक्षितौ च समगौ युग्मेषु वा प्राणिनः । कुर्युस्ते मिथुनं ग्रहोदय गतान् द्व्यङ्गांशकान् पश्यति स्वांशे ज्ञे त्रितयं ज्ञगांशक वशाद् युग्मं त्वमिश्रैः समम्

yugme candra sitau tathauja bhavane syurjñāra jīvodayā lagnendū nṛ nirīkṣitau ca samagau yugmeṣu vā prāṇinaḥ | kuryuste mithunaṃ grahodaya gatān dvyaṅgāṃśakān paśyati svāṃśe jñe tritayaṃ jñagāṃśaka vaśād yugmaṃ tvamiśraiḥ samam

The Moon and Venus in an even sign, and Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and the ascendant in an odd house; or the ascendant and the Moon aspected by ⟨grahas in⟩ human signs and standing in even ones, or in even signs — these would make a pair of living beings ⟨twins⟩. ⟨If Mercury⟩ aspects the two-bodied aṃśas occupied by the grahas and the ascendant, and Mercury is in its own aṃśa, three; by force of the aṃśa in which Mercury stands, a pair; but with unmixed ⟨grahas⟩ they are alike.

धनुर्धरस्यान्त्यगते विलग्ने ग्रहैस्तदंशोपगतैर्बलिष्ठैः । ज्ञेनार्किणा वीर्ययुतेन दृष्टे सन्ति प्रभूता अपि कोश संस्थाः

dhanurdharasyāntyagate vilagne grahaistadaṃśopagatairbaliṣṭhaiḥ | jñenārkiṇā vīryayutena dṛṣṭe santi prabhūtā api kośa saṃsthāḥ

When the ascendant has gone to the last ⟨part⟩ of the bow-bearer ⟨Sagittarius⟩, with the strongest grahas gone to that aṃśa, and it is aspected by Mercury and by a Saturn possessed of strength — ⟨the children⟩ are many, and contained within one sheath.

कलल घनाङ्कुरास्थि चर्माङ्गज चेतनताः सित कुज जीव सूर्य चन्द्रार्कि बुधाः परतः । उदयप चन्द्र सूर्य नाथाः क्रमशो गदिता भवन्ति शुभाशुभं च मासाधिपतेः सदृशम्

kalala ghanāṅkurāsthi carmāṅgaja cetanatāḥ sita kuja jīva sūrya candrārki budhāḥ parataḥ | udayapa candra sūrya nāthāḥ kramaśo gaditā bhavanti śubhāśubhaṃ ca māsādhipateḥ sadṛśam

The fluid ⟨kalala⟩, the solid mass, the sprouting, the bones, the skin, the hair, and consciousness — Venus, Mars, Jupiter, the Sun, the Moon, Saturn and Mercury ⟨rule these⟩; thereafter the lord of the ascendant, the Moon and the Sun are declared the lords, in order. And good or ill comes about in the likeness of the lord of that month.

त्रिकोणगे ज्ञे विबलैस्तथा परैर्मुखाङ्घ्रि हस्तैर्द्विगुणस्तदा भवेत् । अवाग् गवीन्दावशुभैर्भ संधिगैः शुभेक्षितश्चेत् कुरुते गिरं चिरात्

trikoṇage jñe vibalaistathā parairmukhāṅghri hastairdviguṇastadā bhavet | avāg gavīndāvaśubhairbha saṃdhigaiḥ śubhekṣitaścet kurute giraṃ cirāt

When Mercury is in a trikoṇa and the others are thus without strength, ⟨the child⟩ is then double in face, in feet and in hands. He is speechless when the Moon is in the cow ⟨Taurus⟩ with the inauspicious ones at the junctions of the asterisms; if he is aspected by benefics he makes speech after long.

सौम्यर्क्षांशे रविजरुधिरौ चेत् स दन्तोऽत्र जातः कुब्जः स्वर्क्षे शशिनि तनुगे मन्द माहेयदृष्टे । पङ्गुर्मीने यम शशि कुजैर्वीक्षिते लग्न संस्थे संधौ पापे शशिनि च जडः स्यान् न चेत् सौम्यदृष्टः

saumyarkṣāṃśe ravijarudhirau cet sa danto'tra jātaḥ kubjaḥ svarkṣe śaśini tanuge manda māheyadṛṣṭe | paṅgurmīne yama śaśi kujairvīkṣite lagna saṃsthe saṃdhau pāpe śaśini ca jaḍaḥ syān na cet saumyadṛṣṭaḥ

If the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ and the bloody one ⟨Mars⟩ are in Mercury's sign and aṃśa, the one born here has teeth. He is hunchbacked when the Moon is in its own sign in the body-place ⟨the ascendant⟩ and aspected by Saturn and Mars. He is lame when Pisces stands as the ascendant, aspected by Yama ⟨Saturn⟩, the Moon and Mars. And when a malefic and the Moon are at a junction he would be witless, if he is not aspected by benefics.

सौर शशाङ्कदिवा करदृष्टे वामनको मकरान्त्य विलग्ने । धी नवमोदयगैश्च दृकाणैः पापयुतैरभुजाङ्घ्रि शिराः स्यात्

saura śaśāṅkadivā karadṛṣṭe vāmanako makarāntya vilagne | dhī navamodayagaiśca dṛkāṇaiḥ pāpayutairabhujāṅghri śirāḥ syāt

Aspected by Saturn, the Moon and the maker of day ⟨the Sun⟩, ⟨he is⟩ a dwarf when the last ⟨part⟩ of Capricorn is the ascendant. And when the drekkāṇas that occupy the 5th ⟨dhī⟩, the 9th and the ascendant are joined with malefics, he would be without arms, without feet, without a head.

रवि शशि युते सिंहे लग्ने कुजार्कि निरीक्षिते नयनरहितः सौम्यासौम्यैः स बुद्बुद लोचनः । व्यय गृह गतश्चन्द्रो वामं हिनस्त्यपरं रविर्न शुभ गदिता योगा याप्या भवन्ति शुभेक्षिताः

ravi śaśi yute siṃhe lagne kujārki nirīkṣite nayanarahitaḥ saumyāsaumyaiḥ sa budbuda locanaḥ | vyaya gṛha gataścandro vāmaṃ hinastyaparaṃ ravirna śubha gaditā yogā yāpyā bhavanti śubhekṣitāḥ

When the Sun and the Moon are joined in Leo as the ascendant and it is aspected by Mars and Saturn, ⟨he is⟩ without eyes; with benefics and non-benefics ⟨together⟩ he has bubble-eyes. The Moon gone to the house of loss ⟨the 12th⟩ destroys the left ⟨eye⟩, the Sun the other. These are not auspicious. The yogas declared become endurable when they are aspected by benefics.

तत् कालम् इन्दु सहितो द्वि रसांशको यस्तत् तुल्यराशि सहिते पुरतः शशाङ्के । यावान् उदेति दिनरात्रि स मान भागस्तावद् गते दिन निशोः प्रवदन्ति जन्म

tat kālam indu sahito dvi rasāṃśako yastat tulyarāśi sahite purataḥ śaśāṅke | yāvān udeti dinarātri sa māna bhāgastāvad gate dina niśoḥ pravadanti janma

That twelfth-part ⟨dvādaśāṃśa⟩ which at that time ⟨of conception⟩ stands joined with the Moon — afterwards, when the Moon is joined with a sign equal to it: however great a share of the measure of the day and the night has risen, when that much of the day or of the night has passed, they declare the birth.

उदयति मृदु भांशे सप्तमस्थे च मन्दे यदि भवति निषेकः सूतिरब्द त्रयेण । शशिनि तु विधिरेष द्वादशे अब्दे प्रकुर्यान् निगदितम् इह चिन्त्यं सूति काले अपि युक्त्या

udayati mṛdu bhāṃśe saptamasthe ca mande yadi bhavati niṣekaḥ sūtirabda trayeṇa | śaśini tu vidhireṣa dvādaśe abde prakuryān nigaditam iha cintyaṃ sūti kāle api yuktyā

If a soft ⟨mṛdu⟩ asterism's aṃśa is rising and Saturn stands in the 7th when conception takes place, the delivery is by ⟨the passing of⟩ three years. But with the Moon ⟨so placed⟩, this same rule would bring it about in the twelfth year. What has been declared here is to be thought over by reasoning at the time of birth also.

पितुर्जातः परोक्षस्य लग्नम् इन्दावपश्यति । विदेशस्थस्य चर भे मध्याद् भ्रष्टे दिवा करे

piturjātaḥ parokṣasya lagnam indāvapaśyati | videśasthasya cara bhe madhyād bhraṣṭe divā kare

When the Moon does not aspect the lagna, ⟨the child⟩ is born of a father who is out of sight ⟨away from the birth⟩; when ⟨the lagna is⟩ in a movable sign and the Sun has slipped from the midheaven, of a father who is living abroad.

उदयस्थेऽपि वा मन्दे कुजे वास्तं समागते स्थिते वान्तः क्षपा नाथे शशाङ्क सुत शुक्रयोः

udayasthe'pi vā mande kuje vāstaṃ samāgate sthite vāntaḥ kṣapā nāthe śaśāṅka suta śukrayoḥ

Or ⟨likewise⟩ when Saturn stands in the ascendant, or Mars has come to the setting place ⟨the 7th⟩, or the Moon stands between Mercury and Venus.

शशाङ्के पाप लग्ने वा वृश्चिकेश त्रि भागगे । शुभैः स्वाय स्थितैर्जातः सर्पस्तद्वेष्टितोऽपि वा

śaśāṅke pāpa lagne vā vṛścikeśa tri bhāgage | śubhaiḥ svāya sthitairjātaḥ sarpastadveṣṭito'pi vā

The Moon in a lagna ⟨that is⟩ a malefic's, or gone to the drekkāṇa of Scorpio's lord ⟨Mars⟩, with benefics standing in the 2nd (sva) and the 11th (āya) — a serpent is born, or else ⟨the child comes⟩ wound about by one.

चतुष्पाद गते भानौ शेषैर्वीर्य समन्वितैः । द्वि तनुस्थैश्च यमलौ भवतः कोश वेष्टितौ

catuṣpāda gate bhānau śeṣairvīrya samanvitaiḥ | dvi tanusthaiśca yamalau bhavataḥ kośa veṣṭitau

When the Sun has gone to a quadruped sign and the rest ⟨of the grahas⟩, endowed with strength, stand in dual signs, twins are born, wrapped in a caul.

छागे सिंहे वृषे लग्ने तत्स्थे सौरेऽथ वा कुजे । राश्यंश सदृशे गात्रे जायते नाल वेष्टितः

chāge siṃhe vṛṣe lagne tatsthe saure'tha vā kuje | rāśyaṃśa sadṛśe gātre jāyate nāla veṣṭitaḥ

The lagna being the Goat ⟨Aries⟩, the Lion, or the Bull, and Saturn or else Mars standing in it, ⟨the child⟩ is born wound about by the umbilical cord, at the limb answering to the rāśi and to the aṃśa.

न लग्नम् इन्दुं च गुरुर्निरीक्षते न वा शशाङ्कं रविणा समागतम् । स पापकोऽर्केणयुतोऽथ वा शशी परेण जातं प्रवदन्ति निश्चयात्

na lagnam induṃ ca gururnirīkṣate na vā śaśāṅkaṃ raviṇā samāgatam | sa pāpako'rkeṇayuto'tha vā śaśī pareṇa jātaṃ pravadanti niścayāt

If Jupiter aspects neither the lagna nor the Moon, or does not aspect the Moon when it has come together with the Sun; or if the Moon, accompanied by a malefic, is joined with the Sun — they declare with certainty that ⟨the child⟩ is begotten by another ⟨man⟩.

क्रूरर्क्ष गतावशोभनौ सूर्याद् द्यून नवात्मज स्थितौ । बद्धस्तु पिता विदेशगः स्वे वा राशि वशाद् अथो पथि

krūrarkṣa gatāvaśobhanau sūryād dyūna navātmaja sthitau | baddhastu pitā videśagaḥ sve vā rāśi vaśād atho pathi

Two malefics gone to cruel signs and standing in the 7th, the 9th, or the 5th from the Sun — the father is in bonds; or, by force of the sign, ⟨he is⟩ abroad, or in his own ⟨place⟩, or on the road.

पूर्णे शशिनि स्वराशिगे सौम्ये लग्न गते शुभे सुखे । लग्ने जलजेऽस्तगेऽपि वा चन्द्रे पोत गता प्रसूयते

pūrṇe śaśini svarāśige saumye lagna gate śubhe sukhe | lagne jalaje'stage'pi vā candre pota gatā prasūyate

The Moon full and in its own sign, Mercury gone to the lagna, a benefic in the 4th, the lagna a watery sign — or else ⟨the Moon⟩ in the 7th: ⟨the mother⟩, gone aboard a boat, gives birth ⟨there⟩.

आप्योदयम् आप्यगः शशी सम्पूर्णः समवेक्षतेऽथ वा । मेषूरण बन्धु लग्नगः स्यात् सूतिः सलिले न संशयः

āpyodayam āpyagaḥ śaśī sampūrṇaḥ samavekṣate'tha vā | meṣūraṇa bandhu lagnagaḥ syāt sūtiḥ salile na saṃśayaḥ

If the full Moon, itself in a watery sign, aspects a watery ascendant; or ⟨if it is⟩ in the 10th (meṣūraṇa), the 4th (bandhu), or the lagna — the birth is in water, beyond doubt.

उदयोडुपयोर्व्यय स्थिते गुप्त्यां पाप निरीक्षिते यमे । अलि कर्कि युते विलग्नगे सौरे शीत करेक्षिते वटे

udayoḍupayorvyaya sthite guptyāṃ pāpa nirīkṣite yame | ali karki yute vilagnage saure śīta karekṣite vaṭe

Saturn standing in the 12th from both the lagna and the Moon and aspected by a malefic — ⟨the birth is⟩ in a place of confinement; Saturn in the lagna, ⟨that lagna being⟩ Scorpio or Cancer, and aspected by the Moon — ⟨the birth is⟩ at a banyan tree.

मन्देऽब्ज गते विलग्नगे बुध सूर्येन्दु निरीक्षिते क्रमात् । क्रीडा भवने सुरालये सोषर भूमिषु च प्रसूयते

mande'bja gate vilagnage budha sūryendu nirīkṣite kramāt | krīḍā bhavane surālaye soṣara bhūmiṣu ca prasūyate

Saturn gone to a watery sign and standing in the lagna, aspected by Mercury, by the Sun, and by the Moon — the birth is, in that order, in a pleasure-house, in a temple, and on barren saline ground.

नृ लग्नगं प्रेक्ष्य कुजः श्मशाने रम्ये सितेन्दू गुरुरग्निहोत्रे । रविर्नरेन्द्रामरगो कुलेषु शिल्पालये ज्ञः प्रसवं करोति

nṛ lagnagaṃ prekṣya kujaḥ śmaśāne ramye sitendū gururagnihotre | ravirnarendrāmarago kuleṣu śilpālaye jñaḥ prasavaṃ karoti

Mars, aspecting ⟨Saturn⟩ set in a human lagna, brings the birth about in a cremation ground; Venus and the Moon, in a pleasant place; Jupiter, at the agnihotra ⟨fire-hall⟩; the Sun, in the abodes of kings, of gods, and of cattle; Mercury, in a craftsman's hall.

राश्यंश स मान गोचरे मार्गे जन्म चरे स्थिरे गृहे । स्वर्क्षांश गते स्व मन्दिरे बलयोगात् फलम् अंशकर्क्षयोः

rāśyaṃśa sa māna gocare mārge janma care sthire gṛhe | svarkṣāṃśa gate sva mandire balayogāt phalam aṃśakarkṣayoḥ

When rāśi and aṃśa fall of the same kind: in a movable ⟨one⟩ the birth is on the road, in a fixed ⟨one⟩ in a house; and when ⟨the graha is⟩ in its own sign and its own aṃśa, in his own dwelling. ⟨Otherwise⟩ the result is from whichever of the aṃśa and the rāśi has the stronger conjunction of strength.

आरार्कजयोस्त्रिकोणगे चन्द्रे अस्ते च विसृज्यते अंबया । दृष्टे अमरराज मन्त्रिणा दीर्घायुः सुख भाक् च स स्मृतः

ārārkajayostrikoṇage candre aste ca visṛjyate aṃbayā | dṛṣṭe amararāja mantriṇā dīrghāyuḥ sukha bhāk ca sa smṛtaḥ

The Moon standing in a trikoṇa from Mars and Saturn, and in the 7th, ⟨the child⟩ is cast off by its mother; ⟨but⟩ if it is aspected by the counsellor of the king of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩, he is held to be long-lived and a partaker of ease.

पापेक्षिते तुहिनगावुदये कुजेऽस्ते त्यक्तो विनश्यति कुजार्कजयोस्तथाये । सौम्येऽपि पश्यति तथा विध हस्तम् एति सौम्येतरेषु पर हस्त गतोऽप्यनायुः

pāpekṣite tuhinagāvudaye kuje'ste tyakto vinaśyati kujārkajayostathāye | saumye'pi paśyati tathā vidha hastam eti saumyetareṣu para hasta gato'pyanāyuḥ

When the Moon, aspected by a malefic, is in the lagna and Mars in the 7th, ⟨the child⟩ is abandoned and perishes; and likewise when Mars and Saturn are in the 11th. If a benefic also looks on, he passes into the hand of one of that same sort; when ⟨the aspecting grahas are⟩ other than benefics, then even though he has passed into another's hand he is without life.

पितृमातृगृहेषु तद्बलात् तरु शालादिषु नीचगैः शुभैः । यदि नैक गतैस्तु वीक्षितौ लग्नेन्दू विजने प्रसूयते

pitṛmātṛgṛheṣu tadbalāt taru śālādiṣu nīcagaiḥ śubhaiḥ | yadi naika gataistu vīkṣitau lagnendū vijane prasūyate

In the houses of the father or the mother, according to the strength of those ⟨significators⟩; at trees, sheds and the like when the benefic ⟨grahas⟩ are debilitated; but if the lagna and the Moon are not aspected ⟨by any graha⟩ at all, the birth is in a desolate place.

मन्दर्क्षांशे शशिनि हिबुके मन्ददृष्टे अब्जगे वा । तद् युक्ते वा तमसि शयनं नीच संस्थैश्च भूमौ । यद् वद् राशिर्व्रजति हरिजं गर्भ मोक्षस्तु तद्वत् पापैश्चन्द्रात् स्मर सुख गतैः क्लेशम् आहुर्जनन्याः

mandarkṣāṃśe śaśini hibuke mandadṛṣṭe abjage vā | tad yukte vā tamasi śayanaṃ nīca saṃsthaiśca bhūmau | yad vad rāśirvrajati harijaṃ garbha mokṣastu tadvat pāpaiścandrāt smara sukha gataiḥ kleśam āhurjananyāḥ

The Moon in Saturn's sign or aṃśa and in the 4th (hibuka), aspected by Saturn, or in a watery sign, or joined with him — the lying-in (śayana) is in darkness; and with ⟨the grahas⟩ debilitated, upon the ground. In whatever manner the sign travels to the horizon, in that manner is the child released from the womb. With malefics in the 7th and the 4th from the Moon, they declare pain for the mother.

स्नेहः शशाङ्काद् उदयाच्च वर्तिर्दीपोऽर्कयुक्तर्क्ष वशाच्चराद्यः । द्वारं च तद्वास्तुनि केन्द्र संस्थैर्ज्ञेयं ग्रहैर्वीर्य समन्वितैर्वा

snehaḥ śaśāṅkād udayācca vartirdīpo'rkayuktarkṣa vaśāccarādyaḥ | dvāraṃ ca tadvāstuni kendra saṃsthairjñeyaṃ grahairvīrya samanvitairvā

The oil ⟨of the lamp is known⟩ from the Moon, the wick from the lagna, and the lamp itself from the sign the Sun occupies — ⟨whether it is⟩ movable and so forth ⟨following that sign's class⟩. And the door of that dwelling is to be known from the grahas standing in kendras, or from those endowed with strength.

जीर्णं संस्कृतम् अर्कजे क्षिति सुते दग्धं नवं शीतगौ काष्ठाढ्यं न दृढं रवौ शशि सुते तन् नैक शिल्प्युद्भवम् रम्यम् । चित्रयुतं नवं च भृगुजे जीवे दृढं मन्दिरं चक्रस्थैश्च यथोपदेशरचनां सामन्त पूर्वां वदेत्

jīrṇaṃ saṃskṛtam arkaje kṣiti sute dagdhaṃ navaṃ śītagau kāṣṭhāḍhyaṃ na dṛḍhaṃ ravau śaśi sute tan naika śilpyudbhavam ramyam | citrayutaṃ navaṃ ca bhṛguje jīve dṛḍhaṃ mandiraṃ cakrasthaiśca yathopadeśaracanāṃ sāmanta pūrvāṃ vadet

With Saturn ⟨strongest⟩ the house is old but repaired; with Mars, burnt; with the Moon, new; with the Sun, full of timber and not solid; with Mercury, the work of many craftsmen, and pleasing; with Venus, adorned with paintings and new; with Jupiter, a solid dwelling. And from the ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the chart one should declare the layout, beginning with the neighbouring ⟨buildings⟩, as the teaching has it.

मेष कुलीर तुलालि घटैः प्रागुत्तरतो गुरु सौम्य गृहेषु । पश्चिमतश्च वृषेण निवासो दक्षिण भाग करौ मृग सिंहौ

meṣa kulīra tulāli ghaṭaiḥ prāguttarato guru saumya gṛheṣu | paścimataśca vṛṣeṇa nivāso dakṣiṇa bhāga karau mṛga siṃhau

By Aries, Cancer, Libra, Scorpio and Aquarius ⟨the dwelling lies⟩ to the east, and in the houses of Jupiter and Mercury, to the north; by Taurus the dwelling is to the west; and Capricorn and Leo make the southern quarter.

प्राच्यादि गृहे क्रियादयो द्वौ द्वौ कोण गता द्वि मूर्तयः । शय्यास्वपि वास्तु वद् वदेत् पादैः षट् त्रि नवान्त्य संस्थितैः

prācyādi gṛhe kriyādayo dvau dvau koṇa gatā dvi mūrtayaḥ | śayyāsvapi vāstu vad vadet pādaiḥ ṣaṭ tri navāntya saṃsthitaiḥ

Aries and the rest, two by two, ⟨hold⟩ the east and the remaining ⟨directions⟩ in the house; the dual signs go to the corners. Of beds too one should speak as of a dwelling, ⟨their⟩ legs ⟨judged⟩ from the ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the 6th, the 3rd, the 9th, and the 12th (antya).

चन्द्र लग्नान्तर गतैर्ग्रहैः स्युरुपसूतिकाः । बहिरन्तश्च चक्रार्धे दृश्यादृश्ये अन्यथा परैः

candra lagnāntara gatairgrahaiḥ syurupasūtikāḥ | bahirantaśca cakrārdhe dṛśyādṛśye anyathā paraiḥ

The women attending the birth are shown by the grahas standing between the Moon and the lagna — outside or within, according as they are in the visible or the invisible half of the chart; by the remaining ⟨grahas⟩, the contrary.

लग्न नवांशप तुल्य तनुः स्याद् वीर्ययुत ग्रह तुल्य वपुर्वा । चन्द्र समेत नवांशप वर्णः कादि विलग्न विभक्त भ गात्रः

lagna navāṃśapa tulya tanuḥ syād vīryayuta graha tulya vapurvā | candra sameta navāṃśapa varṇaḥ kādi vilagna vibhakta bha gātraḥ

The body is like the lord of the lagna's navāṃśa, or the frame like the graha endowed with strength; the complexion is that of the lord of the navāṃśa the Moon occupies; and the limbs, beginning with the head, are apportioned among the signs counted from the lagna.

कं दृक् श्रोत्र नसा कपोल हनवो वक्त्रं च होरादयस्ते कण्ठांसक बाहु पार्श्व हृदय क्रोडानि नाभिस्ततः । बस्तिः शिश्न गुदे ततश्च वृषणावूरू ततो जानुनी । जङ्घाङ्घ्रीत्युभयत्र वामम् उदितैर्द्रेष्काण भागैस्त्रिधा

kaṃ dṛk śrotra nasā kapola hanavo vaktraṃ ca horādayaste kaṇṭhāṃsaka bāhu pārśva hṛdaya kroḍāni nābhistataḥ | bastiḥ śiśna gude tataśca vṛṣaṇāvūrū tato jānunī | jaṅghāṅghrītyubhayatra vāmam uditairdreṣkāṇa bhāgaistridhā

The head, the eyes, the ears, the nose, the cheeks, the jaws, and the mouth — these are ⟨of⟩ the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and those following it; then the throat, the shoulders, the arms, the flanks, the heart, the belly, and after that the navel; then the pelvis, the penis and the anus, and thereafter the testicles, the thighs, then the knees, the shanks and the feet — so ⟨they run⟩. In both ⟨series⟩ the left ⟨is to be taken⟩; and ⟨all this⟩ threefold, by the drekkāṇa portions declared.

तस्मिन् पापयुते व्रणं शुभयुते दृष्टे च लक्ष्मादिशेत् स्वर्क्षांशे स्थिर संयुतेषु सहजः स्याद् अन्यथागन्तुकः । मन्देश्मानिलजोऽग्नि शस्त्र विषजो भौमे बुधे भू भवः सूर्ये काष्ठ चतुष्पदेन हिमगौ शृङ्ग्यब्जजोऽन्यैः शुभम्

tasmin pāpayute vraṇaṃ śubhayute dṛṣṭe ca lakṣmādiśet svarkṣāṃśe sthira saṃyuteṣu sahajaḥ syād anyathāgantukaḥ | mandeśmānilajo'gni śastra viṣajo bhaume budhe bhū bhavaḥ sūrye kāṣṭha catuṣpadena himagau śṛṅgyabjajo'nyaiḥ śubham

In that ⟨limb⟩, ⟨the portion⟩ joined by a malefic — one should declare a wound; joined or aspected by a benefic, a mark. In its own sign and aṃśa, and when ⟨the grahas⟩ are joined with fixed ⟨signs⟩, it is congenital; otherwise it comes later. With Saturn it arises from stone or from wind; with Mars, from fire, weapon, or poison; with Mercury, from the earth; with the Sun, by wood or by a four-footed beast; with the Moon, by a horned ⟨beast⟩ or a water-born ⟨creature⟩; by the others, ⟨the mark is⟩ auspicious.

समनुपतिता यस्मिन् भागे त्रयः स बुधा ग्रहा भवति नियमात् तस्यावाप्तिः शुभेष्वशुभेषु वा । व्रण कृद् अशुभः षष्ठे देहे तनोर्भ समाश्रिते तिलक मशकृद् दृष्टः सौम्यैर्युतश्च स लक्ष्मवान्

samanupatitā yasmin bhāge trayaḥ sa budhā grahā bhavati niyamāt tasyāvāptiḥ śubheṣvaśubheṣu vā | vraṇa kṛd aśubhaḥ ṣaṣṭhe dehe tanorbha samāśrite tilaka maśakṛd dṛṣṭaḥ saumyairyutaśca sa lakṣmavān

In whatever ⟨navāṃśa⟩ portion three grahas, Mercury among them, fall together, the obtaining of that ⟨result⟩ follows of necessity — ⟨good⟩ where they are benefics, or ⟨evil⟩ where they are malefics. A malefic in the 6th makes a wound on the body; when it has taken to the sign of the body ⟨the lagna⟩, ⟨it makes⟩ a mole (tilaka) or a wart (maśaka); and aspected by benefics and joined with them, he is one who bears ⟨auspicious⟩ marks.

संध्यायां हिम दीधिति होरा पापैर्भान्त गतैर्निधनाय । प्रत्येकं शशि पाप समेतैः केन्द्रैर्वा स विनाशम् उपैति

saṃdhyāyāṃ hima dīdhiti horā pāpairbhānta gatairnidhanāya | pratyekaṃ śaśi pāpa sametaiḥ kendrairvā sa vināśam upaiti

⟨Birth⟩ at twilight (sandhyā), with the Moon's horā ⟨rising⟩ and malefics standing at the ends of the signs (bhānta), conduces to death; or, when the kendras are each occupied by the Moon together with malefics, he meets destruction.

चक्रस्य पूर्वापर भागगेषु क्रूरेषु सौम्येषु च कीट लग्ने । क्षिप्रं विनाशं समुपैति जातः पापैर्विलग्नास्तमयाभितश्च

cakrasya pūrvāpara bhāgageṣu krūreṣu saumyeṣu ca kīṭa lagne | kṣipraṃ vināśaṃ samupaiti jātaḥ pāpairvilagnāstamayābhitaśca

When malefics are in the eastern half of the circle (cakra) and benefics in the western, and the ascendant is Scorpio (kīṭa), the one born quickly meets destruction — and ⟨so too⟩ when malefics stand on both sides of the ascendant and of the 7th house (astamaya, the setting place).

पापावुदयास्त गतौ क्रूरेणयुतश्च शशी । दृष्टश्च शुभैर्न यदा मृत्युश्च भवेद् अचिरात्

pāpāvudayāsta gatau krūreṇayutaśca śaśī | dṛṣṭaśca śubhairna yadā mṛtyuśca bhaved acirāt

When two malefics are in the ascendant and in the 7th house (asta, the setting place), and the Moon is joined with a malefic, and it is not aspected by benefics — death comes before long.

क्षीणे हिमगौ व्ययगे पापैरुदयाष्टमगैः । केन्द्रेषु शुभाश्च न चेत् क्षिप्रं निधनं प्रवदेत्

kṣīṇe himagau vyayage pāpairudayāṣṭamagaiḥ | kendreṣu śubhāśca na cet kṣipraṃ nidhanaṃ pravadet

When the waned Moon is in the 12th house (vyaya), with malefics in the ascendant and the 8th, and benefics are not in the kendras, one should declare speedy death.

क्रूरेण संयुतः शशी स्मरान्त्य मृत्यु लग्नगः । कण्टकाद् बहिः शुभैरवीक्षितश्च मृत्युदः

krūreṇa saṃyutaḥ śaśī smarāntya mṛtyu lagnagaḥ | kaṇṭakād bahiḥ śubhairavīkṣitaśca mṛtyudaḥ

The Moon joined with a malefic and standing in the 7th (smara), the 12th (antya), the 8th (mṛtyu) or the ascendant, and unaspected by benefics ⟨that are⟩ outside the kendras (kaṇṭaka), is a giver of death.

शशिन्यरि विनाशगे निधनम् आशु पापेक्षिते शुभैरथ समाष्टकं दलम् अतश्च मिश्रैः स्थितिः । असद्भिरवलोकिते बलिभिरत्र मासं शुभे कलत्र सहिते च पाप विजिते विलग्नाधिपे

śaśinyari vināśage nidhanam āśu pāpekṣite śubhairatha samāṣṭakaṃ dalam ataśca miśraiḥ sthitiḥ | asadbhiravalokite balibhiratra māsaṃ śubhe kalatra sahite ca pāpa vijite vilagnādhipe

When the Moon is in the 6th (ari) or the 8th (vināśa) and aspected by malefics, death ⟨comes⟩ at once; if by benefics, half of eight years; and with mixed ⟨aspects⟩, a term between these. Here, ⟨when the Moon is⟩ looked upon by strong malefics, a benefic being joined with the 7th (kalatra) and the lord of the ascendant vanquished by malefics — ⟨life is⟩ a month.

लग्ने क्षीणे शशिनि निधनं रन्ध्र केन्द्रेषु पापैः पापान्तस्थे निधन हिबुक द्यून संस्थे च चन्द्रे एवं लग्ने भवति मदन च्छिद्र संस्थैश्च पापैर्मात्रा सार्द्धं यदि न च शुभैर्वीक्षितः शक्ति भृद्भिः

lagne kṣīṇe śaśini nidhanaṃ randhra kendreṣu pāpaiḥ pāpāntasthe nidhana hibuka dyūna saṃsthe ca candre evaṃ lagne bhavati madana cchidra saṃsthaiśca pāpairmātrā sārddhaṃ yadi na ca śubhairvīkṣitaḥ śakti bhṛdbhiḥ

When the waned Moon is in the ascendant and malefics are in the 8th (randhra) and in the kendras — death; and ⟨so too⟩ when the Moon, standing between malefics, is placed in the 8th (nidhana), the 4th (hibuka) or the 7th (dyūna). Likewise, ⟨the Moon⟩ being in the ascendant and malefics placed in the 7th (madana) and the 8th (chidra), it happens together with the mother — if ⟨the Moon⟩ is not aspected by benefics that possess strength.

राश्यन्तगे सद्भिरवीक्ष्यमाणे चन्द्रे त्रिकोणोपगतैश्च पापैः । प्राणैः प्रयात्याशु शिशुर्वियोगम् अस्ते च पापैस्तुहिनांशु लग्ने

rāśyantage sadbhiravīkṣyamāṇe candre trikoṇopagataiśca pāpaiḥ | prāṇaiḥ prayātyāśu śiśurviyogam aste ca pāpaistuhināṃśu lagne

When the Moon is at the end of a sign (rāśi), unaspected by the benefics, and malefics have gone to the trikoṇas, the infant swiftly comes to separation from its vital breaths (prāṇa); and ⟨so too⟩ when malefics are in the 7th (asta) and the Moon is in the ascendant.

अशुभ सहिते ग्रस्ते चन्द्रे कुजे निधनाश्रिते जननि सुतयोर्मृत्युर्लग्ने रवौ तु स शस्त्रजः । उदयति रवौ शीतांशौ वा त्रिकोण विनाशगैर्निधनम् अशुभैर्वीर्योपेतैः शुभैर्न युतेक्षिते

aśubha sahite graste candre kuje nidhanāśrite janani sutayormṛtyurlagne ravau tu sa śastrajaḥ | udayati ravau śītāṃśau vā trikoṇa vināśagairnidhanam aśubhairvīryopetaiḥ śubhairna yutekṣite

When the Moon is joined with a malefic and eclipsed (grasta), and Mars occupies the 8th (nidhana), there is death of the mother and of the child; but if the Sun is in the ascendant, that ⟨death⟩ is weapon-born. When the Sun or the Moon is rising, and malefics endowed with strength (vīrya) are in the trikoṇas and the 8th (vināśa), and it is neither joined with nor aspected by benefics — death.

असितरवि शशाङ्क भूमिजैर्व्यय नवमोदय नैधनाश्रितैः । भवति मरणम् आशु देहिनां यदि बलिना गुरुणा न वीक्षिताः

asitaravi śaśāṅka bhūmijairvyaya navamodaya naidhanāśritaiḥ | bhavati maraṇam āśu dehināṃ yadi balinā guruṇā na vīkṣitāḥ

When Saturn (asita), the Sun, the Moon and Mars occupy respectively the 12th (vyaya), the 9th, the ascendant and the 8th (naidhana), death of the embodied ⟨child⟩ comes swiftly — if they are not aspected by a strong Jupiter.

सुत मदन नवान्त्य लग्नरन्ध्रेष्वशुभयुतो मरणाय शीतरश्मिः । भृगुसुत शशिपुत्र देवपूज्यैर्यदि बलिभिर्न युतोऽवलोकितो वा

suta madana navāntya lagnarandhreṣvaśubhayuto maraṇāya śītaraśmiḥ | bhṛgusuta śaśiputra devapūjyairyadi balibhirna yuto'valokito vā

The Moon (śītaraśmi), joined with a malefic in the 5th (suta), the 7th (madana), the 9th, the 12th (antya), the ascendant or the 8th (randhra), conduces to death — if it is neither joined with nor aspected by Venus (bhṛgusuta), Mercury (śaśiputra) and Jupiter (devapūjya) possessed of strength.

योगे स्थानं गतवति बलिनश्चन्द्रे स्वं वा तनु गृहम् अथ वा । पापैर्दृष्टे बलवति मरणं वर्षस्यान्तः किल मुनि गदितम्

yoge sthānaṃ gatavati balinaścandre svaṃ vā tanu gṛham atha vā | pāpairdṛṣṭe balavati maraṇaṃ varṣasyāntaḥ kila muni gaditam

When the Moon goes to the place of the strong ⟨graha⟩ in the yoga, or to its own ⟨house⟩, or else to the body-house (tanu-gṛha, the ascendant), and, ⟨itself⟩ strong, is aspected by malefics — death within the year: so indeed the sage has declared.

मय यवन मणित्थ शक्ति पूर्वैर्दिवस करादिषु वत्सराः प्रदिष्टाः । नव तिथि विषयाश्वि भूतरुद्रदश सहिता दशभिः स्व तुङ्ग भेषु

maya yavana maṇittha śakti pūrvairdivasa karādiṣu vatsarāḥ pradiṣṭāḥ | nava tithi viṣayāśvi bhūtarudradaśa sahitā daśabhiḥ sva tuṅga bheṣu

By Maya, Yavana, Maṇittha, Śakti and the rest, the years have been declared for the Sun and the others ⟨thus⟩: nine, fifteen, five, two, five, eleven and ten, each joined with ten ⟨19, 25, 15, 12, 15, 21 and 20⟩ — ⟨so much they give⟩ when they stand in their own exaltation signs.

नीचे अतोऽर्धं ह्रसति हि ततश्चान्तरस्थे अनुपातो होरा त्वंश प्रतिमम् अपरे राशि तुल्यं वदन्ति । हित्वा वक्रं रिपु गृह गतैर्हीयते स्व त्रि भागः सूर्योच्छिन्नद्युतिषु च दलं प्रोज्झ्य शुक्रार्क पुत्रौ

nīce ato'rdhaṃ hrasati hi tataścāntarasthe anupāto horā tvaṃśa pratimam apare rāśi tulyaṃ vadanti | hitvā vakraṃ ripu gṛha gatairhīyate sva tri bhāgaḥ sūryocchinnadyutiṣu ca dalaṃ projjhya śukrārka putrau

In debilitation it falls to half of this; and for one standing between ⟨the two⟩, by proportion. The horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ ⟨gives years⟩ in the measure of the navāṃśa ⟨risen⟩; others say in the measure of the rāśi. Excepting the retrograde one, ⟨grahas⟩ gone into an enemy's house lose a third of their own ⟨share⟩; and those whose lustre is cut off by the Sun ⟨lose⟩ half — leaving Venus and the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ aside.

सर्वार्ध त्रि चरण पञ्च षष्ठ भागाः क्षीयन्ते व्यय भवनाद् असत्सु वामम् । सत्स्वर्धं ह्रसति तथैकराशिगानाम् एकोऽंशं हरति बली तथाह सत्यः

sarvārdha tri caraṇa pañca ṣaṣṭha bhāgāḥ kṣīyante vyaya bhavanād asatsu vāmam | satsvardhaṃ hrasati tathaikarāśigānām eko'ṃśaṃ harati balī tathāha satyaḥ

The whole, a half, a third, a fourth, a fifth and a sixth part are cut away — ⟨reckoned⟩ from the twelfth house backwards — in the case of malefics; for benefics ⟨standing there⟩ it diminishes by half ⟨as much⟩. So too, of ⟨grahas⟩ gone into one and the same rāśi, the strong one alone takes away a share. Thus says Satya.

सार्धोदितोदित नवांश हतात् समस्ताद् भागोऽष्टयुक्त शत संख्यम् उपैति नाशम् । क्रूरे विलग्न सहिते विधिना त्वनेन सौम्येक्षिते दलम् अतः प्रलयं प्रयाति

sārdhoditodita navāṃśa hatāt samastād bhāgo'ṣṭayukta śata saṃkhyam upaiti nāśam | krūre vilagna sahite vidhinā tvanena saumyekṣite dalam ataḥ pralayaṃ prayāti

From the whole ⟨sum of years⟩ multiplied by the navāṃśas risen — ⟨the completed ones⟩ together with the ⟨part⟩ half-risen — the portion ⟨got by dividing⟩ by the number one hundred and eight goes to destruction, when a malefic is joined with the ascendant, by this rule; but when ⟨he is⟩ aspected by a benefic, half of that comes to ruin.

समा षष्टिर्द्विघ्ना मनुज करिणां पञ्च च निशा हयानां द्वात्रिंशत् खर करभयोः पञ्चक कृतिः । विरूपा साप्यायुर्वृष महिषयोर्द्वादश शुनां स्मृतं छागादीनां दशक सहिताः षट् च परम

samā ṣaṣṭirdvighnā manuja kariṇāṃ pañca ca niśā hayānāṃ dvātriṃśat khara karabhayoḥ pañcaka kṛtiḥ | virūpā sāpyāyurvṛṣa mahiṣayordvādaśa śunāṃ smṛtaṃ chāgādīnāṃ daśaka sahitāḥ ṣaṭ ca parama

Sixty years doubled, and five nights ⟨besides⟩ ⟨120 years and 5 days⟩, for man and elephant; thirty-two for horses; for the ass and the camel, the square of five ⟨25⟩; that same, lacking one ⟨24⟩, is the life of the bull and the buffalo also; twelve is recorded for dogs; and for goats and the like, six together with ten ⟨16⟩ — ⟨these are⟩ the maximum.

अनिमिष परमांशके विलग्ने शशि तनये गवि पञ्च वर्ग लिप्ते । भवति हि परमायुषः प्रमाणं यदि सकलाः सहिताः स्व तुङ्ग भेषु

animiṣa paramāṃśake vilagne śaśi tanaye gavi pañca varga lipte | bhavati hi paramāyuṣaḥ pramāṇaṃ yadi sakalāḥ sahitāḥ sva tuṅga bheṣu

When the ascendant stands in the last navāṃśa of the fish ⟨Pisces⟩, and the Moon's son ⟨Mercury⟩ is in the bull ⟨Taurus⟩ at the square-of-five ⟨25⟩ minutes, then indeed is the measure of the maximum life ⟨reached⟩ — if all ⟨the rest⟩ stand together in their own exaltation signs.

आयुर्दायं विष्णु गुप्तोऽपि चैवं देव स्वामी सिद्धसेनश्च चक्रे । दोषश्चैषां जायतेऽष्टावरिष्टं हित्वा नायुर्विंशतेः स्याद् अधस्तात्

āyurdāyaṃ viṣṇu gupto'pi caivaṃ deva svāmī siddhasenaśca cakre | doṣaścaiṣāṃ jāyate'ṣṭāvariṣṭaṃ hitvā nāyurviṃśateḥ syād adhastāt

Viṣṇugupta too made the āyurdāya thus, and Devasvāmin and Siddhasena. And a fault arises in ⟨the reckoning⟩ of these: setting aside the eight ⟨years⟩ of ariṣṭa, the life would never fall below twenty.

यस्मिन् योगे पूर्णम् आयुः प्रदिष्टं तस्मिन् प्रोक्तं चक्र वर्तित्वम् अन्यैः प्रत्यक्षोऽयं तेषु दोषः परोऽपि जीवत्यायुः पूर्णम् अर्थैर्विनापि

yasmin yoge pūrṇam āyuḥ pradiṣṭaṃ tasmin proktaṃ cakra vartitvam anyaiḥ pratyakṣo'yaṃ teṣu doṣaḥ paro'pi jīvatyāyuḥ pūrṇam arthairvināpi

In the very yoga in which full life is declared, universal sovereignty has been declared by others. This fault among them is plain to see; and another besides — one lives out a full life even without riches.

स्वमतेन किलाह जीव शर्मा ग्रहदायं परमायुषः स्वरांशम् । ग्रह भुक्त नवांशराशि तुल्यं बहु साम्यं समुपैति सत्य वाक्यम्

svamatena kilāha jīva śarmā grahadāyaṃ paramāyuṣaḥ svarāṃśam | graha bhukta navāṃśarāśi tulyaṃ bahu sāmyaṃ samupaiti satya vākyam

By his own doctrine, they say, Jīvaśarman declared the graha's allotment ⟨to be⟩ a seventh part of the maximum life. Satya's word — ⟨that it is⟩ equal to the navāṃśa-rāśi the graha has passed through — meets with wide agreement.

सत्योक्ते ग्रहम् इष्टं लिप्ती कृत्वा शतद्वयेनाप्तम् । मण्डल भाग विशुद्धेऽब्दाः स्युः शेषात् तु मासाद्याः

satyokte graham iṣṭaṃ liptī kṛtvā śatadvayenāptam | maṇḍala bhāga viśuddhe'bdāḥ syuḥ śeṣāt tu māsādyāḥ

In ⟨the method⟩ stated by Satya: having reduced the desired graha ⟨'s longitude⟩ to minutes and divided ⟨it⟩ by two hundred, then — the divisions of the circle being cast out — ⟨what stands⟩ will be years; and from the remainder, months and the rest.

स्व तुङ्ग वक्रोपगतैस्त्रिसंगुणं द्विरुत्तम स्वांशक भ त्रिभागगैः । इयान् विशेषस्तु भदत्त भाषिते स मानम् अन्यत् प्रथमेऽप्युदीरितम्

sva tuṅga vakropagataistrisaṃguṇaṃ dviruttama svāṃśaka bha tribhāgagaiḥ | iyān viśeṣastu bhadatta bhāṣite sa mānam anyat prathame'pyudīritam

By ⟨grahas⟩ gone to their own exaltation or to retrogression, ⟨the allotment is⟩ tripled; twofold by those gone to the highest ⟨vargottama⟩, to their own navāṃśa, their own sign, or their own third-part ⟨drekkāṇa⟩. This much is the difference in what Bhadatta has stated; the rest is the same as was declared in the first ⟨method⟩ too.

किं त्वत्र भांश प्रतिमं ददाति वीर्यान्विताराशि समं च होरा । क्रूरोदये च अपचयः स नात्र कार्यं च नाब्दैः प्रथमोपदिष्टैः

kiṃ tvatra bhāṃśa pratimaṃ dadāti vīryānvitārāśi samaṃ ca horā | krūrodaye ca apacayaḥ sa nātra kāryaṃ ca nābdaiḥ prathamopadiṣṭaiḥ

But here the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ gives ⟨years⟩ in the measure of the sign's navāṃśa, and, when endowed with strength, equal to the rāśi. And that deduction upon a malefic's rising ⟨is⟩ not ⟨made⟩ here; nor is there any use of the years declared at the first.

सत्योपदेशो वरम् अत्र किन्तु कुर्वन्त्ययोग्यं बहु वर्गणाभिः । आचार्यकत्वं च बहु घ्नतायाम् एकं तु यद् भूरि तदेव कार्यम्

satyopadeśo varam atra kintu kurvantyayogyaṃ bahu vargaṇābhiḥ | ācāryakatvaṃ ca bahu ghnatāyām ekaṃ tu yad bhūri tadeva kāryam

Satya's teaching is the better one here; but they render it unfit by many multiplications, and ⟨make a show of⟩ their mastership in much multiplying. Yet ⟨of them⟩ the one that is greatest — that alone is to be applied.

गुरु शशि सहिते कुलीर लग्ने शशि तनये भृगुजे च केन्द्रयाते । भवरिपु सहजोपगैश्च शेषैरमितम् इहायुरनुक्रमाद् विना स्यात्

guru śaśi sahite kulīra lagne śaśi tanaye bhṛguje ca kendrayāte | bhavaripu sahajopagaiśca śeṣairamitam ihāyuranukramād vinā syāt

When Cancer is the ascendant, joined with Jupiter and the Moon, and the Moon's son ⟨Mercury⟩ and Bhṛgu's son ⟨Venus⟩ are gone to the kendras, and the remaining ⟨grahas⟩ stand in the eleventh, the sixth and the third — then here life would be beyond measure, apart from the ⟨foregoing⟩ reckoning.

उदयरवि शशाङ्क प्राणि केन्द्रादि संस्थाः । प्रथम वयसि मध्येऽन्त्ये च दद्युः फलानि । न हि न फल विपाकः केन्द्र संस्थाद्य भावे भवति हि फल पक्तिः पूर्वम् आपोक्लिमेऽपि

udayaravi śaśāṅka prāṇi kendrādi saṃsthāḥ | prathama vayasi madhye'ntye ca dadyuḥ phalāni | na hi na phala vipākaḥ kendra saṃsthādya bhāve bhavati hi phala paktiḥ pūrvam āpoklime'pi

⟨Grahas⟩ standing in a kendra and the rest, ⟨reckoned⟩ from the native's lagna, Sun and Moon, give their results in the first age of life, in the middle, and in the last. For it is not that there is no ripening of results when there is no ⟨graha⟩ placed in a kendra and so on: indeed, the ripening of results comes first even for ⟨a graha⟩ in an āpoklima ⟨a cadent house⟩.

आयुः कृतं येन हि यत् तदेव कल्प्या दशा सा प्रबलस्य पूर्वम् । साम्ये बहूनां बहु वर्षदस्य तेषां च साम्ये प्रथमोदितस्य

āyuḥ kṛtaṃ yena hi yat tadeva kalpyā daśā sā prabalasya pūrvam | sāmye bahūnāṃ bahu varṣadasya teṣāṃ ca sāmye prathamoditasya

Whatever ⟨span of⟩ life has been contributed by which ⟨graha⟩ — just that is to be reckoned as its daśā. The daśā of the strongest ⟨comes⟩ first. When many are equal ⟨in strength⟩, ⟨first⟩ that of the one giving the most years; and when those too are equal, of the one that rose first.

एकर्क्षगोऽर्धम् अपहृत्य ददाति तु स्वं त्र्यंशं त्रिकोण गृहगः स्मरगः स्वरांशम् । पादं फलस्य चतुरस्र गतः सहोरास्त्वेवं परस्पर गताः परिपाचयन्ति

ekarkṣago'rdham apahṛtya dadāti tu svaṃ tryaṃśaṃ trikoṇa gṛhagaḥ smaragaḥ svarāṃśam | pādaṃ phalasya caturasra gataḥ sahorāstvevaṃ paraspara gatāḥ paripācayanti

⟨A graha⟩ standing in the same rāśi ⟨as the daśā-lord⟩ takes away half and gives ⟨it⟩; one in a trikoṇa house gives a third of its own; one in the 7th (smara) a seventh part; one gone to a caturasra ⟨the 4th or 8th⟩ a quarter of the result — and so ⟨does⟩ the horā. Thus, placed with respect to one another, they ripen ⟨the results⟩.

स्थानान्यथैतानि सवर्णयित्वा सर्वाण्यधश्छेद विवर्जितानि । दशाब्द पिण्डे गुणका यथांशं छेदस्तदैक्येन दशाप्रभेदः

sthānānyathaitāni savarṇayitvā sarvāṇyadhaścheda vivarjitāni | daśābda piṇḍe guṇakā yathāṃśaṃ chedastadaikyena daśāprabhedaḥ

Having brought all these positions to a common denominator ⟨savarṇana⟩, with their denominators removed, ⟨the numbers that remain⟩ are the multipliers, each according to its share, upon the total of the daśā years; the divisor is their sum. Thus ⟨is obtained⟩ the subdivision of the daśā.

सम्यग् बलिनः स्व तुङ्ग भागे सम्पूर्णा बल वर्जितस्यरिक्ता । नीचांश गतस्य शत्रु भागे ज्ञेयानिष्ट फलादशा प्रसूतौ

samyag balinaḥ sva tuṅga bhāge sampūrṇā bala varjitasyariktā | nīcāṃśa gatasya śatru bhāge jñeyāniṣṭa phalādaśā prasūtau

⟨The daśā⟩ of one duly strong, in its own or its exaltation portion, is full (sampūrṇā); of one devoid of strength, empty (riktā). Of one gone to a debilitation-portion or to an enemy's portion, the daśā is to be known at birth as one of unwanted results.

भ्रष्टस्य तुङ्गाद् अवरोहि संज्ञा मध्या भवेत् सा सुहृद् उच्च भागे । आरोहिणी निम्न परिच्युतस्य नीचारि भांशेष्वधमा भवेत् सा

bhraṣṭasya tuṅgād avarohi saṃjñā madhyā bhavet sā suhṛd ucca bhāge | ārohiṇī nimna paricyutasya nīcāri bhāṃśeṣvadhamā bhavet sā

Of one fallen from exaltation the name is descending (avarohiṇī); it becomes middling (madhyā) when in a friend's or an exalted portion. Of one that has passed on from debilitation ⟨the daśā is⟩ ascending (ārohiṇī); and in the portions of debilitation-⟨signs⟩ or of an enemy it becomes lowest (adhamā).

नीचारि भांशे समवस्थितस्य शस्ते गृहे मिश्र फला प्रदिष्टा । संज्ञानुरूपाणि फलान्यथैषां दशासु वक्ष्यामि यथोपयोगम्

nīcāri bhāṃśe samavasthitasya śaste gṛhe miśra phalā pradiṣṭā | saṃjñānurūpāṇi phalānyathaiṣāṃ daśāsu vakṣyāmi yathopayogam

For one situated in a debilitation- or an enemy's portion but in an auspicious house, ⟨the daśā⟩ is declared to be of mixed results (miśra-phalā). Now I shall state, so far as is useful, the results in their daśās, conforming to these names.

उभये अधम मध्य पूजिताद्रेष्काणैश्चर भेषु च उत्क्रमात् । अशुभेष्ट समाः स्थिरे क्रमाद् धोरायाः परिकल्पितादशा

ubhaye adhama madhya pūjitādreṣkāṇaiścara bheṣu ca utkramāt | aśubheṣṭa samāḥ sthire kramād dhorāyāḥ parikalpitādaśā

In dual ⟨signs⟩, by the drekkāṇas, ⟨the horā-daśā is⟩ lowest, middling and honoured ⟨in that order⟩; in movable signs, in the reverse order; in fixed ⟨signs⟩, in order, inauspicious, desired and equal. Thus is the daśā of the horā reckoned.

एकं द्वौ नव विंशतिर्धृति कृती पञ्चाशद् एषां क्रमाच्चन्द्रारेन्दुज शुक्र जीवदिनकृद् दैवा करीणां समाः । स्वैः स्वैः पुष्ट फलानि सर्ग जनितैः पक्तिर्दशायाः क्रमाद् अन्ते लग्नदशा शुभेति यवना नेच्छन्ति केचित् तथा

ekaṃ dvau nava viṃśatirdhṛti kṛtī pañcāśad eṣāṃ kramāccandrārenduja śukra jīvadinakṛd daivā karīṇāṃ samāḥ | svaiḥ svaiḥ puṣṭa phalāni sarga janitaiḥ paktirdaśāyāḥ kramād ante lagnadaśā śubheti yavanā necchanti kecit tathā

One, two, nine, twenty, eighteen, twenty, fifty — these in order are the years of the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus, Jupiter, the Sun and Saturn. Their results are made strong by their own natural ⟨significations⟩; the ripening of the daśā follows this order. At the end ⟨comes⟩ the daśā of the lagna, and it is auspicious — so the Yavanas ⟨hold⟩; some do not accept it so.

पाक स्वामिनि लग्नगे सुहृदि वा वर्गे अस्य सौम्ये अपि वा प्रारब्धा शुभदादशा त्रिदश षड् लाभेषु वा पाकपे । मित्रोच्चोपचयत्रिकोण मदने पाकेश्वरस्य स्थितश्चन्द्रः सत् फल बोधनानि कुरुते पापानि चातोऽन्यथा

pāka svāmini lagnage suhṛdi vā varge asya saumye api vā prārabdhā śubhadādaśā tridaśa ṣaḍ lābheṣu vā pākape | mitroccopacayatrikoṇa madane pākeśvarasya sthitaścandraḥ sat phala bodhanāni kurute pāpāni cāto'nyathā

When the lord of the daśā stands in the lagna, or in a friend's ⟨sign⟩, or in its own varga, or in a benefic's ⟨varga⟩, the daśā that begins is a giver of auspicious ⟨results⟩ — or ⟨likewise⟩ when the daśā-lord is in the 3rd, the 10th, the 6th or the 11th. The Moon, standing from the lord of the daśā in a friend's ⟨sign⟩, in exaltation, in an upacaya, in a trikoṇa, or in the 7th (madana), brings good results to light; otherwise than this, it brings evil ones.

प्रारब्धा हिमगौ दशा स्व गृहगे मानार्थ सौख्यावहा कौजे दूषयति स्त्रियं बुध गृहे विद्या सुहृद् वित्तदा । दुर्गारण्य पथालये कृषि करी सिंहे सितर्क्षेऽन्नदा कुस्त्रीदा मृग कुम्भयोर्गुरु गृहे मानार्थ सौख्यावहा

prārabdhā himagau daśā sva gṛhage mānārtha saukhyāvahā kauje dūṣayati striyaṃ budha gṛhe vidyā suhṛd vittadā | durgāraṇya pathālaye kṛṣi karī siṃhe sitarkṣe'nnadā kustrīdā mṛga kumbhayorguru gṛhe mānārtha saukhyāvahā

The Moon's daśā, begun when it is in its own house, brings honour, wealth and happiness; in Mars's ⟨house⟩ it defiles the wife; in Mercury's house it gives learning, friends and wealth; in Leo, the abode of forts, forests and roads, it makes ⟨him⟩ a tiller of the soil; in Venus's asterism it gives food; in Capricorn and Aquarius it gives a base woman; in Jupiter's house it brings honour, wealth and happiness.

सौर्यां स्वन् नखदन्त चर्म कनक क्रौर्याध्व भूपाहवैस्तैक्ष्ण्यं धैर्यम् अजस्रम् उद्यमरतिः ख्यातिः प्रतापोन्नतिः । भार्य पुत्रधनारि शस्त्र हुतभुग् भूपोद्भवा व्यापद स्त्यागी पापरतिः स्व भृत्य कलहो हृत् क्रोड पीडामयाः

sauryāṃ svan nakhadanta carma kanaka krauryādhva bhūpāhavaistaikṣṇyaṃ dhairyam ajasram udyamaratiḥ khyātiḥ pratāponnatiḥ | bhārya putradhanāri śastra hutabhug bhūpodbhavā vyāpada styāgī pāparatiḥ sva bhṛtya kalaho hṛt kroḍa pīḍāmayāḥ

In the Sun's ⟨daśā⟩, ⟨wealth comes⟩ through dogs, claws, teeth, hides, gold, cruelty, travel, kings and battles; ⟨there is⟩ sharpness, firmness, unceasing delight in exertion, fame, and a rise of majesty; calamities arising from wife, sons, wealth, enemies, weapons, fire and kings; ⟨he becomes⟩ a renouncer, delighting in evil; ⟨there is⟩ quarrel with his own servants, and pain and disease of the heart and the belly.

इन्दोः प्राप्यदशां फलानि लभते मन्त्रद्विजात्युद्भवानीक्षु क्षीर विकार वस्त्र कुसुम क्रीडा तिलान्न श्रमैः । निद्रालस्य मृदु द्विजामररतिः स्त्री जन्म मेधाविता कीर्त्यर्थोपचयक्षयौ च बलिभिर्वैरं स्व पक्षेण च

indoḥ prāpyadaśāṃ phalāni labhate mantradvijātyudbhavānīkṣu kṣīra vikāra vastra kusuma krīḍā tilānna śramaiḥ | nidrālasya mṛdu dvijāmararatiḥ strī janma medhāvitā kīrtyarthopacayakṣayau ca balibhirvairaṃ sva pakṣeṇa ca

Attaining the Moon's daśā he obtains results through mantras, ⟨things⟩ arising from the twice-born, sugarcane and preparations of milk, cloth, flowers, play, sesame, food, and his own labours; ⟨there is⟩ sleep, sloth, gentleness, delight in brahmins and in the gods, the birth of females, and intelligence; increase and decline of fame and of wealth; and enmity with the powerful and with his own party.

भौमस्यारि विमर्द भूप सहज क्षित्याविकाजैर्धनं प्रद्वेषः सुत मित्रदार सहजैर्विद्वद् गुरु द्वेष्टृता । तृष्णासृग् ज्वर पित्त भङ्ग जनितारोगाः पर स्त्री कृताः प्रीतिः पापरतैरधर्म निरतिः पारुष्य तैक्ष्ण्यानि च

bhaumasyāri vimarda bhūpa sahaja kṣityāvikājairdhanaṃ pradveṣaḥ suta mitradāra sahajairvidvad guru dveṣṭṛtā | tṛṣṇāsṛg jvara pitta bhaṅga janitārogāḥ para strī kṛtāḥ prītiḥ pāparatairadharma niratiḥ pāruṣya taikṣṇyāni ca

In Mars's ⟨daśā⟩: wealth from the crushing of enemies, from kings, from brothers, from land, and from sheep and goats; hatred toward sons, friends, wife and brothers; hostility to the learned and to elders; diseases produced by thirst, blood, fever, bile and fracture, and ⟨diseases⟩ caused by other men's women; affection for those given to evil; addiction to unrighteousness; and harshness and sharpness.

बौध्यां दौत्य सुहृद् गुरु द्विजधनं विद्वत् प्रशंसा यशो युक्ति द्रव्य सुवर्ण वेसर मही सौभाग्य सौख्याप्तयः । हास्योपासन कौशलं मति चयो धर्म क्रिया सिद्धयः पारुष्यं श्रम बन्ध मानस शुचः पीडा च धातु त्रयात्

baudhyāṃ dautya suhṛd guru dvijadhanaṃ vidvat praśaṃsā yaśo yukti dravya suvarṇa vesara mahī saubhāgya saukhyāptayaḥ | hāsyopāsana kauśalaṃ mati cayo dharma kriyā siddhayaḥ pāruṣyaṃ śrama bandha mānasa śucaḥ pīḍā ca dhātu trayāt

In Mercury's ⟨daśā⟩: wealth through embassy, friends, elders and brahmins; the praise of the learned; fame; gains of contrivance, of goods, gold, mules, land, good fortune and comfort; skill in wit and in service; increase of intellect; success in acts of dharma; ⟨also⟩ harshness, toil, bondage, grief of mind, and affliction from the three dhātus.

जैव्यां मान गुणोदयो मति चयः कान्तिः प्रतापोन्नतिर्माहात्म्योद्यम मन्त्र नीति नृ पति स्वाध्याय मन्त्रैर्धनम् । हेमाश्वात्मज कुञ्जराम्बर चयः प्रीतिश्च सद् भूमिपैः । सूक्ष्मोहा गहनाश्रमः श्रवणरुग् वैरं विधर्माश्रितैः

jaivyāṃ māna guṇodayo mati cayaḥ kāntiḥ pratāponnatirmāhātmyodyama mantra nīti nṛ pati svādhyāya mantrairdhanam | hemāśvātmaja kuñjarāmbara cayaḥ prītiśca sad bhūmipaiḥ | sūkṣmohā gahanāśramaḥ śravaṇarug vairaṃ vidharmāśritaiḥ

In Jupiter's ⟨daśā⟩: a rise of honour and of virtues, increase of intellect, lustre, a rise of majesty; wealth through greatness of soul, exertion, counsel, statecraft, kings, private ⟨Vedic⟩ recitation and mantras; an accumulation of gold, horses, sons, elephants and garments, and affection from good kings; ⟨also⟩ toil over subtle reasoning and abstruse ⟨matters⟩, disease of the ear, and enmity with those who resort to a contrary dharma.

शौक्र्यां गीतरतिः प्रमोद सुरभि द्रव्यान्न पानाम्बर स्त्री रत्न द्युति मन्मथोपकरण ज्ञानेष्ट मित्रागमाः । कौशल्यं क्रय विक्रये कृषि निधि प्राप्तिर्धनस्यागमो । वृन्दोर्वीश निषादधर्मरहितैर्वैरं शुचः स्नेहतः

śaukryāṃ gītaratiḥ pramoda surabhi dravyānna pānāmbara strī ratna dyuti manmathopakaraṇa jñāneṣṭa mitrāgamāḥ | kauśalyaṃ kraya vikraye kṛṣi nidhi prāptirdhanasyāgamo | vṛndorvīśa niṣādadharmarahitairvairaṃ śucaḥ snehataḥ

In Venus's ⟨daśā⟩: love of song; delight, fragrant substances, food, drink, garments, women, jewels, splendour, the instruments of love, knowledge, and the arrival of desired friends; skill in buying and selling; the obtaining of agriculture and of buried treasure; the coming of wealth; ⟨also⟩ enmity with crowds, with kings, with niṣādas and with those devoid of dharma; and griefs arising from affection.

सौरीं प्राप्य खरोष्ट्र पक्षि महिषी वृद्धाङ्गनावाप्तयः । श्रेणी ग्राम पुराधिकार जनिता पूजा कुधान्यागमः । श्लेष्मेर्ष्यानिल कोप मोह मलिन व्यापत्ति तन्द्राश्रमान् । भृत्यापत्य कलत्र भर्त्सनम् अपि प्राप्नोति च व्यङ्गताम्

saurīṃ prāpya kharoṣṭra pakṣi mahiṣī vṛddhāṅganāvāptayaḥ | śreṇī grāma purādhikāra janitā pūjā kudhānyāgamaḥ | śleṣmerṣyānila kopa moha malina vyāpatti tandrāśramān | bhṛtyāpatya kalatra bhartsanam api prāpnoti ca vyaṅgatām

Attaining Saturn's ⟨daśā⟩: acquisitions of donkeys, camels, birds, she-buffaloes and old women; honour arising from authority over a guild, a village or a city; the coming of inferior grain; phlegm, envy, wind-⟨disorder⟩, anger, delusion, filth, calamity, torpor and exhaustion; reviling from servants, children and wife; and he attains deformity as well.

दशासु शस्तासु शुभानि कुर्वन्त्यनिष्ट संज्ञा स्व शुभानि चैवम् । मिश्रासु मिश्राणि दशा फलानि होरा फलं लग्न पतेः स मानम्

daśāsu śastāsu śubhāni kurvantyaniṣṭa saṃjñā sva śubhāni caivam | miśrāsu miśrāṇi daśā phalāni horā phalaṃ lagna pateḥ sa mānam

In the praised daśās ⟨the grahas⟩ do auspicious things; those named 'undesired' likewise ⟨do⟩ their own inauspicious ones; in the mixed ⟨daśās⟩ the daśā-results are mixed. The result of the horā is the same as that of the lord of the lagna.

संज्ञाध्याये यस्य यद् द्रव्यम् उक्तं कर्माजीवो यश्च यस्योपदिष्टः । भाव स्थानालोक योगोद्भवं च तत् तत् सर्वं तस्य योज्यं दशायाम्

saṃjñādhyāye yasya yad dravyam uktaṃ karmājīvo yaśca yasyopadiṣṭaḥ | bhāva sthānāloka yogodbhavaṃ ca tat tat sarvaṃ tasya yojyaṃ daśāyām

Whatever substance has been stated for each ⟨graha⟩ in the chapter on technical terms, and whatever act and livelihood has been taught for each, and whatever arises from the bhāva, the ⟨sign⟩ position, the aspect and the yoga — all of that is to be applied in that ⟨graha's⟩ daśā.

छायां महाभूत कृतां च सर्वेऽभिव्यञ्जयन्ति स्वदशाम् अवाप्य । क्वम्ब्वग्नि वाय्वम्बरजान् गुणांश्च नासास्य दृक् त्वक् छ्रवणानुमेयान्

chāyāṃ mahābhūta kṛtāṃ ca sarve'bhivyañjayanti svadaśām avāpya | kvambvagni vāyvambarajān guṇāṃśca nāsāsya dṛk tvak chravaṇānumeyān

All ⟨the grahas⟩, on attaining their own daśā, manifest the hue produced by the great elements, and the qualities born of earth, water, fire, wind and ether — ⟨qualities⟩ to be inferred through the nose, the mouth, the eye, the skin and the ear.

शुभ फलददशाया तादृग् एवान्तरात्मा बहु जनयति पुंसां सौख्यम् अर्थागमं च कथित फल विपाकैस्तर्कयेद् वर्तमानां परिणमति फलोक्तिः स्वप्न चिन्ता स्व वीर्यैः

śubha phaladadaśāyā tādṛg evāntarātmā bahu janayati puṃsāṃ saukhyam arthāgamaṃ ca kathita phala vipākaistarkayed vartamānāṃ pariṇamati phaloktiḥ svapna cintā sva vīryaiḥ

In a daśā that gives auspicious results the inner self becomes just such; it produces much happiness for men, and the coming of wealth. By the ripenings of the results ⟨here⟩ stated one should infer the ⟨daśā⟩ now running; and the stated result (phalokti) comes to maturity through dreams, mental preoccupations, and ⟨the grahas'⟩ own strengths.

एक ग्रहस्य सदृशे फलयोर्विरोधे नाशं वदेद् यद् अधिकं परिपच्यते तत् । नान्यो ग्रहः सदृशम् अन्य फलं हिनस्ति स्वां स्वां दशाम् उपगताः स्वफलप्रदाः स्युः

eka grahasya sadṛśe phalayorvirodhe nāśaṃ vaded yad adhikaṃ paripacyate tat | nānyo grahaḥ sadṛśam anya phalaṃ hinasti svāṃ svāṃ daśām upagatāḥ svaphalapradāḥ syuḥ

When two results of a single graha are alike and in conflict, one should declare destruction ⟨of the weaker⟩: whichever is the greater, that ripens. No other graha destroys the like result of another; ⟨the grahas⟩, each having come to its own daśā, are givers of their results.

स्वाद् अर्कः प्रथमाय बन्धु निधन द्व्याज्ञा तपो द्यूनगो वक्रात् स्वाद् इव तद्वद् एवरविजाच्छुक्रात् स्मरान्त्यारिषु । जीवाद् धर्म सुताय शत्रुषु दश त्र्यायारिगः शीतगोरेष्वेवान्त्य तपः सुतेषु च बुधाल् लग्नात् स बन्ध्वन्त्यगः

svād arkaḥ prathamāya bandhu nidhana dvyājñā tapo dyūnago vakrāt svād iva tadvad evaravijācchukrāt smarāntyāriṣu | jīvād dharma sutāya śatruṣu daśa tryāyārigaḥ śītagoreṣvevāntya tapaḥ suteṣu ca budhāl lagnāt sa bandhvantyagaḥ

From itself the Sun ⟨is auspicious⟩ when it stands in the 1st, the 11th, the 4th, the 8th, the 2nd, the 10th, the 9th and the 7th; from Mars ⟨Vakra⟩, as it is from itself, and just so from Saturn ⟨the Sun's son⟩. From Venus, in the 7th, the 12th and the 6th; from Jupiter ⟨Jīva⟩, in the 9th, the 5th, the 11th and the 6th; from the Moon ⟨the cold-rayed one⟩, in the 10th, the 3rd, the 11th and the 6th; from Mercury, in these very ⟨places⟩ and in the 12th, the 9th and the 5th besides; and from the lagna, in those same ⟨places⟩ together with the 4th and the 12th.

लग्नात् षट् त्रि दशायगः स धन धी धर्मेषु चाराच्छशी स्वात् सास्तादिषु साष्ट सप्तसु रवेः षट् त्र्याय धीस्थो यमात् । धी त्र्यायाष्टम कण्टकेषु शशिजाज् जीवाद् व्ययायाष्टगः केन्द्रस्थश्च सितात् तु धर्म सुखधी त्र्यायास्पदानङ्गगः

lagnāt ṣaṭ tri daśāyagaḥ sa dhana dhī dharmeṣu cārācchaśī svāt sāstādiṣu sāṣṭa saptasu raveḥ ṣaṭ tryāya dhīstho yamāt | dhī tryāyāṣṭama kaṇṭakeṣu śaśijāj jīvād vyayāyāṣṭagaḥ kendrasthaśca sitāt tu dharma sukhadhī tryāyāspadānaṅgagaḥ

From the lagna the Moon ⟨is auspicious⟩ standing in the 6th, the 3rd, the 10th and the 11th; and from Mars ⟨Āra⟩, in those same together with the 2nd, the 5th and the 9th. From itself the Moon ⟨is auspicious⟩ in those same with the 7th and the 1st; in those same with the 8th and the 7th from the Sun; standing in the 6th, the 3rd, the 11th and the 5th from Saturn ⟨Yama⟩; from Mercury ⟨the Moon's son⟩, in the 5th, the 3rd, the 11th, the 8th and the kaṇṭakas ⟨the kendras: 1st, 4th, 7th, 10th⟩; from Jupiter, going to the 12th, the 11th and the 8th, and standing in the kendras; but from Venus, going to the 9th, the 4th, the 5th, the 3rd, the 11th, the 10th and the 7th.

वक्रस्तूपचयेष्विनात् स तनयेष्वाद्याधिकेषूदयाच् । चन्द्राद् दिग् विफलेषु केन्द्र निधन प्राप्त्यर्थगः स्वाच्छुभः । धर्मायाष्टम केन्द्रगोऽर्क तनयाज् ज्ञात् षट् त्रि धी लाभगः । शुक्रात् षड् व्यय लाभ मृत्युषु गुरोः कर्मान्त्यलाभारिषु

vakrastūpacayeṣvināt sa tanayeṣvādyādhikeṣūdayāc | candrād dig viphaleṣu kendra nidhana prāptyarthagaḥ svācchubhaḥ | dharmāyāṣṭama kendrago'rka tanayāj jñāt ṣaṭ tri dhī lābhagaḥ | śukrāt ṣaḍ vyaya lābha mṛtyuṣu guroḥ karmāntyalābhāriṣu

Mars, however, ⟨is auspicious⟩ in the upacayas ⟨3rd, 6th, 10th, 11th⟩ from the Sun, and with the 5th ⟨added⟩; from the lagna, in those same with the 1st added; from the Moon, in those same but with the 10th ⟨dik⟩ fruitless ⟨— that is, the 3rd, the 6th and the 11th⟩; and from itself Mars is auspicious going to the kendras ⟨1st, 4th, 7th, 10th⟩, the 8th, the 11th and the 2nd. From Saturn ⟨the Sun's son⟩, going to the 9th, the 11th, the 8th and the kendras; from Mercury ⟨Jña⟩, going to the 6th, the 3rd, the 5th and the 11th; from Venus, in the 6th, the 12th, the 11th and the 8th; from Jupiter, in the 10th, the 12th, the 11th and the 6th.

द्व्याद्यायाष्ट तपः सुखेषु भृगुजात् स त्र्यात्मजेष्विन्दुजः साज्ञास्तेषु यमारयोर्व्ययरिपु प्राप्त्यष्टगो वाक् पतेः । धर्मायारि सुत व्ययेषु सवितुः स्वात् साद्य कर्म त्रिगः षट् स्वायाष्ट सुखास्पदेषु हिमगोः साद्येषु लग्नाच्छुभः

dvyādyāyāṣṭa tapaḥ sukheṣu bhṛgujāt sa tryātmajeṣvindujaḥ sājñāsteṣu yamārayorvyayaripu prāptyaṣṭago vāk pateḥ | dharmāyāri suta vyayeṣu savituḥ svāt sādya karma trigaḥ ṣaṭ svāyāṣṭa sukhāspadeṣu himagoḥ sādyeṣu lagnācchubhaḥ

Mercury ⟨is auspicious⟩ from Venus ⟨Bhṛgu's son⟩ in the 2nd, the 1st, the 11th, the 8th, the 9th and the 4th, and with the 3rd and the 5th ⟨besides⟩; from Saturn ⟨Yama⟩ and from Mars, in those same ⟨six⟩ with the 10th and the 7th; from Jupiter ⟨the lord of speech⟩, going to the 12th, the 6th, the 11th and the 8th. From the Sun, in the 9th, the 11th, the 6th, the 5th and the 12th; from itself, in those same ⟨of the Sun⟩ together with the 1st, the 10th and the 3rd; from the Moon ⟨the snow-rayed one⟩, in the 6th, the 2nd, the 11th, the 8th, the 4th and the 10th; and from the lagna he is auspicious in those same ⟨of the Moon⟩ with the 1st.

दिक् स्वाद्याष्टमदाय बन्धुषु कुजात् स्वात् सत्रिकेष्वङ्गिराः सूर्यात् सत्रि नवेषु धी स्व नवदिग् लाभारिगो भार्गवात् । जायायार्थ नवात्मजेषु हिमगोर्मन्दात् त्रि षड् धी व्यये दिग् धी षट् स्व सुखाय पूर्व नवगो ज्ञात् स स्मरश्च उदयात्

dik svādyāṣṭamadāya bandhuṣu kujāt svāt satrikeṣvaṅgirāḥ sūryāt satri naveṣu dhī sva navadig lābhārigo bhārgavāt | jāyāyārtha navātmajeṣu himagormandāt tri ṣaḍ dhī vyaye dig dhī ṣaṭ sva sukhāya pūrva navago jñāt sa smaraśca udayāt

From Mars ⟨Kuja⟩, Jupiter ⟨Aṅgiras⟩ ⟨is auspicious⟩ in the 10th, the 2nd, the 1st, the 8th, the 7th, the 11th and the 4th; from itself, in those same with the 3rd; from the Sun, in those same with the 3rd and the 9th; from Venus ⟨Bhārgava⟩, going to the 5th, the 2nd, the 9th, the 10th, the 11th and the 6th. From the Moon ⟨the snow-rayed one⟩, in the 7th, the 11th, the 2nd, the 9th and the 5th; from Saturn ⟨Manda⟩, in the 3rd, the 6th, the 5th and the 12th; from Mercury ⟨Jña⟩, in the 10th, the 5th, the 6th, the 2nd, the 4th, the 11th, the 1st and the 9th; and from the lagna, in those same together with the 7th.

लग्नाद् आ सुत लाभरन्ध्र नवगः सान्त्यः शशाङ्कात् सितः स्वात् साज्ञेषु सुख त्रि धी नवदश च्छिद्राप्तिगः सूर्यजात् । रन्ध्राय व्ययगो रवेर्नवदश प्राप्त्यष्टधीस्थो गुरोर्ज्ञाद् धी त्र्याय नवारिगस्त्रि नव षट् पुत्रायसान्त्यः कुजात्

lagnād ā suta lābharandhra navagaḥ sāntyaḥ śaśāṅkāt sitaḥ svāt sājñeṣu sukha tri dhī navadaśa cchidrāptigaḥ sūryajāt | randhrāya vyayago ravernavadaśa prāptyaṣṭadhīstho gurorjñād dhī tryāya navārigastri nava ṣaṭ putrāyasāntyaḥ kujāt

From the lagna, Venus ⟨Sita⟩ ⟨is auspicious⟩ going as far as the 5th ⟨that is, the 1st through the 5th⟩, and to the 11th, the 8th and the 9th; from the Moon ⟨Śaśāṅka⟩, in those same with the 12th; from itself, in those same with the 10th; from Saturn ⟨the Sun's son⟩, going to the 4th, the 3rd, the 5th, the 9th, the 10th, the 8th and the 11th. From the Sun, going to the 8th, the 11th and the 12th; from Jupiter, standing in the 9th, the 10th, the 11th, the 8th and the 5th; from Mercury ⟨Jña⟩, going to the 5th, the 3rd, the 11th, the 9th and the 6th; from Mars ⟨Kuja⟩, in the 3rd, the 9th, the 6th, the 5th and the 11th, together with the 12th.

मन्दः स्वात् त्रि सुताय शत्रुषु शुभः साज्ञान्त्यगो भूमिजात् केन्द्रायाष्टधनेष्विनाद् उपचयेष्वाद्ये सुखे च उदयात् । धर्मायारि दशान्त्य मृत्युषु बुधाच्चन्द्रात् त्रि षड् लाभगः षष्ठायान्त्य गतः सितात्सुर गुरोः प्राप्त्यन्त्यधी शत्रुषु

mandaḥ svāt tri sutāya śatruṣu śubhaḥ sājñāntyago bhūmijāt kendrāyāṣṭadhaneṣvinād upacayeṣvādye sukhe ca udayāt | dharmāyāri daśāntya mṛtyuṣu budhāccandrāt tri ṣaḍ lābhagaḥ ṣaṣṭhāyāntya gataḥ sitātsura guroḥ prāptyantyadhī śatruṣu

Saturn ⟨Manda⟩ from itself is auspicious in the 3rd, the 5th, the 11th and the 6th; from Mars ⟨the earth-born⟩, going to those same with the 10th and the 12th; from the Sun, in the kendras ⟨1st, 4th, 7th, 10th⟩, the 11th, the 8th and the 2nd; and from the lagna, in the upacayas ⟨3rd, 6th, 10th, 11th⟩ and in the 1st and the 4th as well. From Mercury, in the 9th, the 11th, the 6th, the 10th, the 12th and the 8th; from the Moon, going to the 3rd, the 6th and the 11th; from Venus ⟨Sita⟩, gone to the 6th, the 11th and the 12th; from Jupiter ⟨the preceptor of the gods⟩, in the 11th, the 12th, the 5th and the 6th.

इति निगदितम् इष्टं नेष्टम् अन्यद् विशेषाद् अधिक फल विपाकं जन्म भात् तत्रदद्युः । उपचय गृह मित्र स्वोच्चगैः पुष्टम् इष्टं त्वपचय गृह नीचारातिगैर्नेष्ट सम्पत्

iti nigaditam iṣṭaṃ neṣṭam anyad viśeṣād adhika phala vipākaṃ janma bhāt tatradadyuḥ | upacaya gṛha mitra svoccagaiḥ puṣṭam iṣṭaṃ tvapacaya gṛha nīcārātigairneṣṭa sampat

Thus has the desirable ⟨place⟩ been declared; whatever is other ⟨than these⟩ is undesirable. And there, ⟨reckoned⟩ especially from the natal sign ⟨the sign of the Moon at birth⟩, they yield a greater ripening of fruit. ⟨What is contributed⟩ by ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the upacaya houses, in a friend's house, in their own house and in exaltation is strengthened and desirable; ⟨what is contributed⟩ by ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the apacaya houses, in debilitation and in an enemy's ⟨house⟩ — the accrual is undesirable.

अर्थाप्तिः पितृ पितृ पत्नि शत्रु मित्र भ्रातृ स्त्री भृतक जनाद् दिवाकराद्यैः । होरेन्द्वोर्दशम गतैर्विकल्पनीया भेन्द्वर्कास्पद पतिगांश नाथ वृत्त्या

arthāptiḥ pitṛ pitṛ patni śatru mitra bhrātṛ strī bhṛtaka janād divākarādyaiḥ | horendvordaśama gatairvikalpanīyā bhendvarkāspada patigāṃśa nātha vṛttyā

The acquisition of wealth is to be determined variously: from the father, the father's wife ⟨the mother⟩, an enemy, a friend, a brother, a woman, or a hired servant (bhṛtaka) — by the Sun and the rest ⟨Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, in that order⟩ when they stand in the tenth from the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and from the Moon; and by the occupation ⟨proper to⟩ the lord of the navāṃśa in which stand the lords of the tenth ⟨āspada⟩ counted from the sign ⟨the ascendant⟩, from the Moon, and from the Sun.

अर्कांशे तृण कनकोर्ण भेषजाद्यैश्चन्द्रांशे कृषि जलजाङ्गनाश्रयाच्च । धात्वग्नि प्रहरण साहसैः कुजांशे सौम्यांशे लिपि गणितादि काव्य शिल्पैः

arkāṃśe tṛṇa kanakorṇa bheṣajādyaiścandrāṃśe kṛṣi jalajāṅganāśrayācca | dhātvagni praharaṇa sāhasaiḥ kujāṃśe saumyāṃśe lipi gaṇitādi kāvya śilpaiḥ

In the navāṃśa of the Sun, ⟨wealth comes⟩ by grass, gold, wool, medicines and the like; in the navāṃśa of the Moon, by agriculture, by things born of water, and by resort to women; in the navāṃśa of Mars ⟨kuja⟩, by metals, fire, weapons, and deeds of daring or violence; in the navāṃśa of Mercury ⟨saumya⟩, by writing, calculation and the like, by poetry, and by crafts.

जीवांशे द्विज विबुधाकरादि धर्मैः काव्यांशे मणि रजतादि गो महिष्यैः । सौरांशे श्रम वध भार नीच शिल्पैः कर्मेशाध्युषित नवांश कर्म सिद्धिः

jīvāṃśe dvija vibudhākarādi dharmaiḥ kāvyāṃśe maṇi rajatādi go mahiṣyaiḥ | saurāṃśe śrama vadha bhāra nīca śilpaiḥ karmeśādhyuṣita navāṃśa karma siddhiḥ

In the navāṃśa of Jupiter ⟨jīva⟩, by the twice-born, by the gods ⟨and the learned⟩, by mines and the like, and by acts of dharma; in the navāṃśa of Venus ⟨kāvya⟩, by gems, silver and the like, and by cows and buffaloes; in the navāṃśa of Saturn ⟨saura⟩, by toil, by slaughter, by bearing burdens, and by base crafts. ⟨Thus⟩ the accomplishment of one's occupation ⟨is to be read from⟩ the navāṃśa occupied by the lord of the tenth ⟨karmeśa⟩.

मित्रारि स्व गृह गतैर्ग्रहैस्ततोऽर्थं तुङ्गस्थे बलिनि च भास्करे स्व वीर्यात् । आयस्थैरुदयधनाश्रितैश्च सौम्यैः संचिन्त्यं बल सहितैरनेकधा स्वम्

mitrāri sva gṛha gatairgrahaistato'rthaṃ tuṅgasthe balini ca bhāskare sva vīryāt | āyasthairudayadhanāśritaiśca saumyaiḥ saṃcintyaṃ bala sahitairanekadhā svam

By grahas gone to a friend's sign, an enemy's sign, or their own sign, wealth ⟨is had⟩ from that ⟨source⟩ accordingly; and when the Sun stands exalted and strong, by one's own might. And when benefics possessed of strength stand in the eleventh ⟨āya⟩, or occupy the ascendant and the second ⟨dhana⟩, one's own wealth is to be reckoned ⟨as coming⟩ in many ways.

प्राहुर्यवनाः स्व तुङ्गगैः क्रूरैः क्रूर मतिर्महीपतिः । क्रूरैस्तु न जीव शर्मणः पक्षे क्षित्यधिपः प्रजायते

prāhuryavanāḥ sva tuṅgagaiḥ krūraiḥ krūra matirmahīpatiḥ | krūraistu na jīva śarmaṇaḥ pakṣe kṣityadhipaḥ prajāyate

The Yavanas declare: with malefics gone to their own ⟨signs⟩ or to their exaltations, ⟨there is born⟩ a cruel-minded lord of the earth. But by malefics ⟨so placed⟩, in Jīvaśarman's view, no ruler of the earth is born.

वक्रार्कजार्क गुरुभिः सकलैस्त्रिभिश्च स्वोच्चेषु षोडश नृपाः कथितैकलग्ने । द्व्येकाश्रितेषु च तथैकतमे विलग्ने स्व क्षेत्रगे शशिनि षोडश भूमिपाः स्युः

vakrārkajārka gurubhiḥ sakalaistribhiśca svocceṣu ṣoḍaśa nṛpāḥ kathitaikalagne | dvyekāśriteṣu ca tathaikatame vilagne sva kṣetrage śaśini ṣoḍaśa bhūmipāḥ syuḥ

When Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter — all ⟨four⟩, or ⟨any⟩ three ⟨of them⟩ — stand in their exaltations, and one ⟨of those signs⟩ is the lagna, sixteen kings are declared. And when two, or one, ⟨of them⟩ are so placed, likewise with one ⟨of those signs⟩ as the lagna and the Moon in its own sign, there will be sixteen ⟨further⟩ lords of the earth.

वर्गोत्तम गते लग्ने चन्द्रे वा चन्द्र वर्जितैः । चतुराद्यैर्ग्रहैर्दृष्टे नृपा द्वाविंशतिः स्मृताः

vargottama gate lagne candre vā candra varjitaiḥ | caturādyairgrahairdṛṣṭe nṛpā dvāviṃśatiḥ smṛtāḥ

When the lagna, or the Moon, has gone to vargottama and is aspected by four or more grahas, the Moon excepted, twenty-two kings are recorded.

यमे कुम्भेऽर्केऽजे गवि शशिनि तैरेव तनुगैर्नृयुक् सिंहालिस्थैः शशिज गुरु वक्रैर्नृ पतयः । यमेन्दू तुङ्गेऽङ्गे सवितृ शशिजौ षष्ठ भवने तुलाजेन्दु क्षेत्रैः स सित कुज जीवैश्च नरपौ

yame kumbhe'rke'je gavi śaśini taireva tanugairnṛyuk siṃhālisthaiḥ śaśija guru vakrairnṛ patayaḥ | yamendū tuṅge'ṅge savitṛ śaśijau ṣaṣṭha bhavane tulājendu kṣetraiḥ sa sita kuja jīvaiśca narapau

Saturn in Aquarius, the Sun in Aries, the Moon in Taurus — with those very ⟨signs⟩ as the lagna; and with Mercury, Jupiter and Mars standing in Gemini (nṛyuj), Leo and Scorpio (ali) — ⟨these are⟩ kings. Saturn and the Moon in ⟨their⟩ exaltations, ⟨one of them⟩ being the lagna, the Sun and Mercury in the sixth sign ⟨Virgo⟩; and, with Venus, Mars and Jupiter in Libra, Aries and the Moon's sign ⟨Cancer⟩ — ⟨these are⟩ two rulers of men.

कुजे तुङ्गे अर्केन्द्वोर्धनुषि यम लग्ने च कुपतिः पतिर्भूमेश्चान्यः क्षिति सुत विलग्ने स शशिनि । स चन्द्रे सौरे अस्ते सुर पति गुरौ चाप धरगे स्व तुङ्गस्थे भानावुदयम् उपयाते क्षिति पतिः

kuje tuṅge arkendvordhanuṣi yama lagne ca kupatiḥ patirbhūmeścānyaḥ kṣiti suta vilagne sa śaśini | sa candre saure aste sura pati gurau cāpa dharage sva tuṅgasthe bhānāvudayam upayāte kṣiti patiḥ

Mars in ⟨his⟩ exaltation ⟨Capricorn⟩, the Sun and the Moon in Sagittarius, and Saturn in the lagna — a lord of the earth. And another lord of the earth when Mars is in the lagna together with the Moon. ⟨And⟩ when Saturn together with the Moon is in the 7th (asta), Jupiter — the preceptor of the lord of the gods — has gone to the bow-bearer ⟨Sagittarius⟩, and the Sun, standing in his own exaltation, has reached the rising point — ⟨he too is⟩ a lord of the earth.

वृषे सेन्दौ लग्ने सवितृ गुरु तीक्ष्णांशु तनयैः सुहृज् जाया खस्थैर्भवति नियमान् मानव पतिः । मृगे मन्दे लग्ने सहजरिपु धर्म व्यय गतैः शशाङ्काद्यैः ख्यातः पृथु गुणयशाः पुङ्गल पतिः

vṛṣe sendau lagne savitṛ guru tīkṣṇāṃśu tanayaiḥ suhṛj jāyā khasthairbhavati niyamān mānava patiḥ | mṛge mande lagne sahajaripu dharma vyaya gataiḥ śaśāṅkādyaiḥ khyātaḥ pṛthu guṇayaśāḥ puṅgala patiḥ

Taurus rising with the Moon ⟨in it⟩, and the Sun, Jupiter and Saturn — the son of the sharp-rayed one — standing in the 4th (suhṛd), the 7th (jāyā) and the 10th (kha): of a certainty there is a lord of men. Saturn in Capricorn, ⟨which is⟩ the lagna, with the Moon and the rest gone to the 3rd (sahaja), the 6th (ripu), the 9th (dharma) and the 12th (vyaya): a renowned lord of men, of ample virtue and fame.

हये सेन्दौ जीवे मृग मुख गते भूमि तनये स्व तुङ्गस्थौ लग्ने भृगुज शशिजावत्र नृ पती । सुतस्थौ वक्रार्की गुरु शशि सिताश्चापि हिबुके बुधे कन्या लग्ने भवति हि नृपोऽन्योऽपि गुणवान्

haye sendau jīve mṛga mukha gate bhūmi tanaye sva tuṅgasthau lagne bhṛguja śaśijāvatra nṛ patī | sutasthau vakrārkī guru śaśi sitāścāpi hibuke budhe kanyā lagne bhavati hi nṛpo'nyo'pi guṇavān

The Moon with Jupiter in Sagittarius (haya), Mars gone to the deer-faced ⟨Capricorn⟩, and Venus and Mercury standing in their own exaltation in the lagna — here ⟨are⟩ two kings. Mars and Saturn in the 5th (suta), Jupiter, the Moon and Venus in the 4th (hibuka), and Mercury in the lagna, Virgo — there is indeed another king, endowed with virtues.

झषे सेन्दौ लग्ने घट मृग मृगेन्द्रेषु सहितैर्यमारार्कैर्योऽभूत् स खलु मनुजः शास्ति वसुधाम् । अजे सारे मूर्तौ शशि गृह गते चामर गुरौ । सुरेज्ये वा लग्ने धरणि पतिरन्योऽपि गुणवान्

jhaṣe sendau lagne ghaṭa mṛga mṛgendreṣu sahitairyamārārkairyo'bhūt sa khalu manujaḥ śāsti vasudhām | aje sāre mūrtau śaśi gṛha gate cāmara gurau | surejye vā lagne dharaṇi patiranyo'pi guṇavān

Pisces (jhaṣa) rising with the Moon ⟨in it⟩, and Saturn, Mars and the Sun placed in Aquarius (ghaṭa), Capricorn (mṛga) and Leo (mṛgendra) — the man who was born ⟨so⟩ assuredly rules the earth. Mars in Aries, ⟨which is⟩ the lagna (mūrti), and Jupiter, preceptor of the immortals, gone to the Moon's sign ⟨Cancer⟩ — or with Jupiter in the lagna — ⟨there is⟩ another lord of the earth, likewise endowed with virtues.

कर्किणि लग्ने तत्स्थे जीवे चन्द्र सित ज्ञैराय प्राप्तैः । मेष गते अर्के जातं विद्याद् विक्रमयुक्तं पृथ्वी नाथम्

karkiṇi lagne tatsthe jīve candra sita jñairāya prāptaiḥ | meṣa gate arke jātaṃ vidyād vikramayuktaṃ pṛthvī nātham

Cancer being the lagna with Jupiter standing there, the Moon, Venus and Mercury having reached the 11th (āya), and the Sun gone to Aries — one should know the one born ⟨thus⟩ to be a lord of the earth endowed with valour.

मृग मुखे अर्क तनयस्तनु संस्थः क्रिय कुलीर हरयोऽधिपयुक्ताः । मिथुन तौलि सहितौ बुध शुक्रौ यदि तदा पृथु यशाः पृथिवीशः

mṛga mukhe arka tanayastanu saṃsthaḥ kriya kulīra harayo'dhipayuktāḥ | mithuna tauli sahitau budha śukrau yadi tadā pṛthu yaśāḥ pṛthivīśaḥ

Saturn, the son of the Sun, situated in the lagna (tanu) in the deer-faced ⟨Capricorn⟩; Aries (kriya), Cancer (kulīra) and Leo (hari) joined with their own lords; and Mercury and Venus placed in Gemini and Libra — if so, then ⟨he is⟩ a lord of the earth of ample fame.

स्वोच्च संस्थे बुधे लग्ने भृगौ मेषूरणाश्रिते । स जीवेऽस्ते निशा नाथे राजा मन्दारयोः सुते

svocca saṃsthe budhe lagne bhṛgau meṣūraṇāśrite | sa jīve'ste niśā nāthe rājā mandārayoḥ sute

Mercury standing in his own exaltation, ⟨which is⟩ the lagna; Venus occupying the 10th (meṣūraṇa); the Moon, lord of night, together with Jupiter in the 7th (asta); and Saturn and Mars in the 5th (suta) — ⟨such a one is⟩ a king.

अपि खल कुल जाता मानवाराज्य भाजः किम् उत नृप कुलोत्थाः प्रोक्त भू पालयोगैः । नृ पति कुल समुत्थाः पार्थिवा वक्ष्यमाणैर्भवति नृ पति तुल्यस्तेष्वभू पाल पुत्रः

api khala kula jātā mānavārājya bhājaḥ kim uta nṛpa kulotthāḥ prokta bhū pālayogaiḥ | nṛ pati kula samutthāḥ pārthivā vakṣyamāṇairbhavati nṛ pati tulyasteṣvabhū pāla putraḥ

By the king-making yogas ⟨just⟩ declared, even men born of a base family partake of sovereignty — how much more those risen from a royal family. By the ⟨yogas⟩ about to be stated, ⟨it is⟩ those risen from a royal line ⟨who become⟩ princes; among them, one who is not a king's son becomes ⟨only⟩ the equal of a king.

उच्च स्व त्रिकोणगैर्बलस्थैस्त्र्याद्यैर्भू पति वंशजा नरेन्द्राः । पञ्चादिभिरन्य वंश जाता हीनैर्वित्तयुता न भूमि पालाः

ucca sva trikoṇagairbalasthaistryādyairbhū pati vaṃśajā narendrāḥ | pañcādibhiranya vaṃśa jātā hīnairvittayutā na bhūmi pālāḥ

By three or more ⟨grahas⟩ standing in strength in exaltation, in their own sign, or in a trikoṇa ⟨mūlatrikoṇa⟩, those born of a royal line ⟨become⟩ kings; by five or more, those born of another line. With fewer, they are possessed of wealth, but not rulers of the earth.

लेखास्थेऽर्केऽजेन्दौ लग्ने भौमे स्वोच्चे कुम्भे मन्दे । चाप प्राप्ते जीवे राज्ञः पुत्रं विन्द्यात् पृथ्वी नाथम्

lekhāsthe'rke'jendau lagne bhaume svocce kumbhe mande | cāpa prāpte jīve rājñaḥ putraṃ vindyāt pṛthvī nātham

The Sun standing in lekhā ⟨Leo⟩, the Moon in Aries, ⟨which is⟩ the lagna, Mars in his own exaltation ⟨Capricorn⟩, Saturn in Aquarius, and Jupiter arrived at the bow ⟨Sagittarius⟩ — one should know a king's son ⟨born thus⟩ to be a lord of the earth.

स्वर्क्षे शुक्रे पातालस्थे धर्म स्थानं प्राप्ते चन्द्रे । दुश्चिक्याङ्ग प्राप्ति प्राप्तैः शेषैर्जातः स्वामी भूमेः

svarkṣe śukre pātālasthe dharma sthānaṃ prāpte candre | duścikyāṅga prāpti prāptaiḥ śeṣairjātaḥ svāmī bhūmeḥ

Venus in his own sign, standing in the 4th (pātāla); the Moon having reached the 9th house (dharma); and the remaining ⟨grahas⟩ having reached the 3rd (duścikya), the lagna (aṅga) and the 11th (prāpti) — the one born ⟨thus is⟩ lord of the earth.

सौम्ये वीर्ययुते तनु युक्ते वीर्याढ्ये च शुभे शुभयाते । धर्मार्थोपचयेष्ववशेषैर्धर्मात्मा नृपजः पृथिवीशः

saumye vīryayute tanu yukte vīryāḍhye ca śubhe śubhayāte | dharmārthopacayeṣvavaśeṣairdharmātmā nṛpajaḥ pṛthivīśaḥ

Mercury (saumya), endowed with strength, joined to the lagna (tanu); a benefic, rich in strength, gone to the 9th (śubha); and the remaining ⟨grahas⟩ in the 9th (dharma), the 2nd (artha) and the upacayas ⟨the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th⟩ — a righteous king's son ⟨becomes⟩ lord of the earth.

वृषोदये मूर्ति धनारि लाभगैः शशाङ्क जीवार्क सुतापरैर्नृपः । सुखे गुरौ खे शशि तीक्ष्ण दीधिती यमोदये लाभ गतैर्नृपोऽपरैः

vṛṣodaye mūrti dhanāri lābhagaiḥ śaśāṅka jīvārka sutāparairnṛpaḥ | sukhe gurau khe śaśi tīkṣṇa dīdhitī yamodaye lābha gatairnṛpo'paraiḥ

Taurus rising, with the Moon, Jupiter, Saturn — the son of the Sun — and the others gone to the 1st (mūrti), the 2nd (dhana), the 6th (ari) and the 11th (lābha): a king. Jupiter in the 4th (sukha), the Moon and the Sun — the sharp-rayed — in the 10th (kha), Saturn at the rising point, and the others gone to the 11th (lābha): another king.

मेषूरणाय तनुगाः शशि मन्द जीवा ज्ञारौ धने सितरवी हिबुके नरेन्द्रम् । वक्रासितौ शशि सुरेज्य सितार्क सौम्या होरा सुखास्त शुभ खाप्ति गताः प्रजेशम्

meṣūraṇāya tanugāḥ śaśi manda jīvā jñārau dhane sitaravī hibuke narendram | vakrāsitau śaśi surejya sitārka saumyā horā sukhāsta śubha khāpti gatāḥ prajeśam

The Moon, Saturn and Jupiter gone to the 10th (meṣūraṇa), the 11th (āya) and the lagna (tanu); Mercury and Mars in the 2nd (dhana); Venus and the Sun in the 4th (hibuka) — ⟨this marks⟩ a king. Mars and Saturn, ⟨then⟩ the Moon, Jupiter, Venus, the Sun and Mercury, gone ⟨in order⟩ to the horā ⟨the lagna⟩, the 4th (sukha), the 7th (asta), the 9th (śubha), the 10th (kha) and the 11th (āpti) — ⟨this marks⟩ a lord of the people.

कर्म लग्नयुत पाकदशायां राज्य लब्धिरथ वा प्रबलस्य । शत्रु नीच गृहयातदशायां छिद्र संश्रयदशा परिकल्प्या

karma lagnayuta pākadaśāyāṃ rājya labdhiratha vā prabalasya | śatru nīca gṛhayātadaśāyāṃ chidra saṃśrayadaśā parikalpyā

In the ripening daśā of ⟨the graha⟩ joined to the 10th (karma) or to the lagna, or else of the strongest, ⟨comes⟩ the gaining of the kingdom. In the daśā of ⟨a graha⟩ gone to an enemy's house or to debilitation, a condition of breach ⟨loss of the kingdom⟩ and of dependence ⟨on another⟩ is to be reckoned.

गुरु सित बुध लग्ने सप्तमस्थे अर्क पुत्रे वियति दिवस नाथे भोगिनां जन्म विन्द्यात् । शुभ बलयुत केन्द्रैः क्रूर संस्थैश्च पापैर्व्रजति शबरदस्यु स्वामिताम् अर्थ भाक् च

guru sita budha lagne saptamasthe arka putre viyati divasa nāthe bhogināṃ janma vindyāt | śubha balayuta kendraiḥ krūra saṃsthaiśca pāpairvrajati śabaradasyu svāmitām artha bhāk ca

Jupiter, Venus and Mercury in the lagna, Saturn — the Sun's son — standing in the 7th, and the Sun, lord of the day, in the sky ⟨the 10th⟩: one should know ⟨this as⟩ the birth of those who live in enjoyment. When the kendras are held by benefics possessed of strength, and the malefics stand in malefic ⟨signs⟩, ⟨the native⟩ attains lordship over Śabaras and dasyus ⟨forest tribesmen and robbers⟩, and is a partaker of wealth.

नव दिग् वसवस्त्रिकाग्नि वेदैर्गुणिता द्वि त्रि चतुर्विकल्पजाः स्युः । यवनैस्त्रि गुणा हि षट् शती सा कथिता विस्तरतोऽत्र तत् समाः स्युः

nava dig vasavastrikāgni vedairguṇitā dvi tri caturvikalpajāḥ syuḥ | yavanaistri guṇā hi ṣaṭ śatī sā kathitā vistarato'tra tat samāḥ syuḥ

Nine, ten and eight, multiplied by three, three and four, are ⟨the varieties⟩ born of the two-fold, three-fold and four-fold combinations. By the Yavanas that six hundred, taken threefold ⟨= eighteen hundred⟩, has been declared; set out at length here, they will come to the same ⟨number⟩.

रज्जुर्मुशलं नलश्चराद्यैः सत्यश्चाश्रयजाञ् जगाद योगान् । केन्द्रैः सद् असद् युतैर्दलाख्यौ स्रक् सर्पौ कथितौ पराशरेण

rajjurmuśalaṃ nalaścarādyaiḥ satyaścāśrayajāñ jagāda yogān | kendraiḥ sad asad yutairdalākhyau srak sarpau kathitau parāśareṇa

Satya declared the yogas born of āśraya — rajju, muśala and nala — ⟨as arising⟩ from the movable ⟨signs⟩ and the rest. The two called dala, srak and sarpa, were stated by Parāśara ⟨as arising⟩ from the kendras being joined with benefics and with malefics ⟨respectively⟩.

योगा व्रजन्त्याश्रयजाः समत्वं यवाब्ज वज्राण्डज गोलकाद्यैः । केन्द्रोपगैः प्रोक्त फलौ दलाख्यावित्याहुरन्ये न पृथक् फलौ तौ

yogā vrajantyāśrayajāḥ samatvaṃ yavābja vajrāṇḍaja golakādyaiḥ | kendropagaiḥ prokta phalau dalākhyāvityāhuranye na pṛthak phalau tau

The āśraya-born yogas come to identity with yava, abja ⟨the lotus⟩, vajra, aṇḍaja ⟨the bird⟩, golaka and the rest. Others say that the two called dala, ⟨formed⟩ by grahas that come to the kendras, have the fruits already declared ⟨for those⟩, and that the two have no separate fruit.

आसन्न केन्द्र भवन द्वयगैर्गदाख्यस्तन्वस्तगेषु शकटं विहगः ख बन्ध्वोः । शृङ्गाटकं नवम पञ्चम लग्न संस्थैर्लग्नान्यगैर्हलम् इति प्रवदन्ति तज् ज्ञाः

āsanna kendra bhavana dvayagairgadākhyastanvastageṣu śakaṭaṃ vihagaḥ kha bandhvoḥ | śṛṅgāṭakaṃ navama pañcama lagna saṃsthairlagnānyagairhalam iti pravadanti taj jñāḥ

By grahas going to two adjacent kendra houses, ⟨the yoga⟩ named gadā; when they are in the 1st (tanu) and the 7th (asta), śakaṭa; in the 10th (kha) and the 4th (bandhu), vihaga; śṛṅgāṭaka by ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the 9th, the 5th and the lagna; and by ⟨grahas⟩ standing in ⟨trines⟩ other than the lagna's, hala — so those who know it declare.

शकटाण्डज वच्छुभाशुभैर्वज्रं तद्विपरीतगैर्यवः । कमलं तु विमिश्र संस्थितैर्वापी तद्यदि केन्द्र बाह्यतः

śakaṭāṇḍaja vacchubhāśubhairvajraṃ tadviparītagairyavaḥ | kamalaṃ tu vimiśra saṃsthitairvāpī tadyadi kendra bāhyataḥ

Vajra ⟨arises⟩ when benefics and malefics stand as in śakaṭa and aṇḍaja ⟨benefics in the 1st and 7th, malefics in the 10th and 4th⟩; yava when they go the reverse of that. But kamala ⟨arises⟩ when they stand mingled indiscriminately ⟨in the four kendras⟩; and that same ⟨disposition⟩, if outside the kendras, is vāpī.

पूर्व शास्त्रानुसारेण मया वज्रादयः कृताः । चतुर्थे भवने सूर्याज् ज्ञ सितौ भवतः कथम्

pūrva śāstrānusāreṇa mayā vajrādayaḥ kṛtāḥ | caturthe bhavane sūryāj jña sitau bhavataḥ katham

In accordance with the earlier śāstra the vajra and the rest have been set down by me. ⟨But⟩ how do Mercury and Venus come to be in the 4th house from the Sun?

कण्टकादि प्रवृत्तैस्तु चतुर्गृह गतैर्ग्रहैः । यूपेषु शक्ति दण्डाख्या होराद्यैः कण्टकैः क्रमात्

kaṇṭakādi pravṛttaistu caturgṛha gatairgrahaiḥ | yūpeṣu śakti daṇḍākhyā horādyaiḥ kaṇṭakaiḥ kramāt

But by grahas going into four houses reckoned from a kaṇṭaka ⟨kendra⟩ ⟨arise the yogas⟩ named yūpa, iṣu, śakti and daṇḍa — with the kendras beginning from the horā ⟨the lagna⟩, in order.

नौ कूट च्छत्र चापानि तद्वत् सप्तर्क्ष संस्थितैः । अर्ध चन्द्रस्तु नावाद्यैः प्रोक्तस्त्वन्यर्क्ष संस्थितैः

nau kūṭa cchatra cāpāni tadvat saptarkṣa saṃsthitaiḥ | ardha candrastu nāvādyaiḥ proktastvanyarkṣa saṃsthitaiḥ

Likewise nau, kūṭa, chatra and cāpa ⟨arise⟩ by ⟨grahas⟩ standing in seven ⟨consecutive⟩ signs. But ardhacandra is declared when the nau and the rest are formed by ⟨grahas⟩ standing in other signs ⟨than those beginning at a kendra⟩.

एकान्तर गतैरर्थात् समुद्रः षड् गृहाश्रितैः । विलग्नादि स्थितैश्चक्रम् इत्याकृतिज संग्रहः

ekāntara gatairarthāt samudraḥ ṣaḍ gṛhāśritaiḥ | vilagnādi sthitaiścakram ityākṛtija saṃgrahaḥ

By ⟨grahas⟩ going into alternate ⟨signs⟩, resting in six houses ⟨beginning⟩ from the 2nd (artha), samudra; by those standing ⟨so⟩ beginning from the lagna, cakra. This is the summary of the ākṛti-born ⟨yogas⟩.

संख्या योगाः स्युः सप्त सप्तर्क्ष संस्थैरेकापायाद् वल्लकी दामिनी च पाशः केदारः शूलयोगो युगं च गोलश्चान्यान् पूर्वम् उक्तान् विहाय

saṃkhyā yogāḥ syuḥ sapta saptarkṣa saṃsthairekāpāyād vallakī dāminī ca pāśaḥ kedāraḥ śūlayogo yugaṃ ca golaścānyān pūrvam uktān vihāya

The saṅkhyā yogas are seven: from ⟨grahas⟩ standing in seven signs, diminishing by one ⟨each time⟩ — vallakī, dāminī, pāśa, kedāra, the śūla yoga, yuga and gola — excluding the others already stated before.

ईर्ष्युर्विदेश निरतोऽध्वरुचिश्चरज्ज्वां मानी धनी च मुशले बहु कृत्य सक्तः । व्यङ्गः स्थिराढ्य निपुणो नलजः स्रग् उत्थो भोगान्वितो भुज गजो बहु दुःख भाक् स्यात्

īrṣyurvideśa nirato'dhvaruciścarajjvāṃ mānī dhanī ca muśale bahu kṛtya saktaḥ | vyaṅgaḥ sthirāḍhya nipuṇo nalajaḥ srag uttho bhogānvito bhuja gajo bahu duḥkha bhāk syāt

In rajju ⟨he is⟩ envious, given to foreign parts, fond of the road. In muśala, proud, wealthy, and taken up with many undertakings. One born of nala is deformed in a limb, of settled wealth, skilful. One arisen from srak is possessed of enjoyments. And one born of bhujaga ⟨sarpa⟩ shall have much sorrow.

आश्रयोक्तास्तु विफला भवन्त्यन्यैर्विमिश्रिताः । मिश्रा यैस्ते फलं दद्युरमिश्राः स्व फल प्रदाः

āśrayoktāstu viphalā bhavantyanyairvimiśritāḥ | miśrā yaiste phalaṃ dadyuramiśrāḥ sva phala pradāḥ

But those stated under āśraya become fruitless when they are mixed with others; the ⟨yogas⟩ with which they are mixed give the fruit; unmixed, they give their own fruit.

यज्वार्थ भाक् सततम् अर्थरुचिर्गदायां तद्वृत्ति भुक् शकटजः सरुजः कुदारः । दूतोऽटनः कलह कृद् विहगे प्रदिष्टः शृङ्गाटके चिर सुखी कृषिकृद् धलाख्ये

yajvārtha bhāk satatam artharucirgadāyāṃ tadvṛtti bhuk śakaṭajaḥ sarujaḥ kudāraḥ | dūto'ṭanaḥ kalaha kṛd vihage pradiṣṭaḥ śṛṅgāṭake cira sukhī kṛṣikṛd dhalākhye

In gadā ⟨he is⟩ a sacrificer, a possessor of wealth, constantly fond of wealth. One born of śakaṭa lives by that ⟨by carts⟩, is diseased, has a bad wife. In vihaga he is declared a messenger, a wanderer, a maker of quarrels. In śṛṅgāṭaka, long happy. In the one named hala, a tiller of the soil.

वज्रेऽन्त्य पूर्व सुखिनः सुभगोऽतिशूरो वीर्यान्वितोऽप्यथयवे सुखितो वयोऽन्तः । विख्यात कीर्त्यमित सौख्य गुणश्च पद्मे वाप्यां तनु स्थिर सुखो निधि कृन् न दाता

vajre'ntya pūrva sukhinaḥ subhago'tiśūro vīryānvito'pyathayave sukhito vayo'ntaḥ | vikhyāta kīrtyamita saukhya guṇaśca padme vāpyāṃ tanu sthira sukho nidhi kṛn na dātā

In vajra ⟨he is⟩ happy in the last and the first ⟨parts of life⟩, fortunate, exceedingly brave. In yava, endowed with vigour, and happy within his years ⟨in mid-life⟩. In padma ⟨kamala⟩, of celebrated fame, of measureless happiness and merits. In vāpī, of scant but settled happiness, a hoarder of treasure, not a giver.

त्यागात्मवान् क्रतु वरैर्यजते च यूपे हिंस्रोऽथ गुप्त्यधिकृतः शरकृच्छराख्ये । नीचोऽलसः सुखधनैर्वियुतश्च शक्तौ दण्डे प्रियैर्विरहितः पुरुषोऽन्त्य वृत्तिः

tyāgātmavān kratu varairyajate ca yūpe hiṃsro'tha guptyadhikṛtaḥ śarakṛccharākhye | nīco'lasaḥ sukhadhanairviyutaśca śaktau daṇḍe priyairvirahitaḥ puruṣo'ntya vṛttiḥ

In yūpa ⟨he is⟩ given to giving and self-possessed, and he sacrifices with the best of sacrifices. In the one named śara ⟨iṣu⟩, violent, and set in charge of a prison, a maker of arrows. In śakti, base, idle, and cut off from comfort and wealth. In daṇḍa, the man is bereft of those he loves and has the lowest livelihood.

कीर्त्या युतश्चल सुखः कृपणश्च नौजः कूटेऽनृत प्लवन बन्धनपश्च जातः । छत्रोद्भवः स्व जन सौख्य करोऽन्त्य सौख्यः शूरश्च कार्मुक भवः प्रथमान्त्य सौख्यः

kīrtyā yutaścala sukhaḥ kṛpaṇaśca naujaḥ kūṭe'nṛta plavana bandhanapaśca jātaḥ | chatrodbhavaḥ sva jana saukhya karo'ntya saukhyaḥ śūraśca kārmuka bhavaḥ prathamāntya saukhyaḥ

One born of nau is possessed of fame, of unsteady happiness, and miserly. One born in kūṭa is given to falsehood and a keeper of ⟨men in⟩ bonds. One arisen from chatra makes happiness for his own people and is happy at the end ⟨of life⟩. And one born of kārmuka ⟨cāpa⟩ is brave, and happy in the first and last ⟨parts of life⟩.

अर्धेन्दुजः सुभग कान्त वपुः प्रधानस्तोयालये नर पति प्रतिमस्तु भोगी । चक्रे नरेन्द्र मुकुट द्युति रञ्जिताङ्घ्रिर्वीणोद्भवश्च निपुणः प्रिय गीत नृत्यः

ardhendujaḥ subhaga kānta vapuḥ pradhānastoyālaye nara pati pratimastu bhogī | cakre narendra mukuṭa dyuti rañjitāṅghrirvīṇodbhavaśca nipuṇaḥ priya gīta nṛtyaḥ

One born of ardhacandra is fortunate, of lovely body, a chief. In toyālaya ⟨samudra⟩ he is the like of a king, and an enjoyer. In cakra, his feet are reddened by the lustre of the crowns of kings. And one arisen from vīṇā ⟨vallakī⟩ is skilful, fond of song and dance.

दातान्य कार्य निरतः पशुपश्च दाम्नि पाशे धनार्जन विशील स भृत्य बन्धुः । केदारजः कृषि करः सुबहूपयोज्यः शूरः क्षतो धनरुचिर्विधनश्च शूले

dātānya kārya nirataḥ paśupaśca dāmni pāśe dhanārjana viśīla sa bhṛtya bandhuḥ | kedārajaḥ kṛṣi karaḥ subahūpayojyaḥ śūraḥ kṣato dhanarucirvidhanaśca śūle

In dāman ⟨dāminī⟩ he is a giver, busied with the affairs of others, and a keeper of cattle. In pāśa, of ill character in the getting of wealth, with many servants and kinsmen. One born of kedāra is a tiller of the soil, of use to very many. In śūla, brave, wounded, fond of wealth, and yet without wealth.

धन विरहितः पाखण्डी वा युगे त्वथ गोलके विधन मलिनो ज्ञानोपेतः कुशिल्प्यलसोऽटनः । इति निगदिता योगाः सार्द्धं फलैरिह नाभसा नियत फलदाश्चिन्त्या ह्येते समस्तदशास्वपि

dhana virahitaḥ pākhaṇḍī vā yuge tvatha golake vidhana malino jñānopetaḥ kuśilpyalaso'ṭanaḥ | iti nigaditā yogāḥ sārddhaṃ phalairiha nābhasā niyata phaladāścintyā hyete samastadaśāsvapi

In yuga he is destitute of wealth, or else a heretic. But in golaka, without wealth, filthy, endowed with knowledge, a poor craftsman, idle, a wanderer. Thus have the nābhasa yogas been declared here together with their effects; and these are to be reckoned as giving their fixed results in all the daśās alike.

अधम सम वरिष्ठान्यर्क केन्द्रादि संस्थे शशिनि विनय वित्त ज्ञानधी नैपुणानि । अहनि निशि च चन्द्रे स्वे अधिमित्रांशके वा सुर गुरु सितदृष्टे वित्तवान् स्यात् सुखी च

adhama sama variṣṭhānyarka kendrādi saṃsthe śaśini vinaya vitta jñānadhī naipuṇāni | ahani niśi ca candre sve adhimitrāṃśake vā sura guru sitadṛṣṭe vittavān syāt sukhī ca

When the Moon stands in a kendra ⟨a paṇaphara, an āpoklima⟩ reckoned from the Sun, ⟨the native's⟩ modesty, wealth, knowledge, intelligence and skill are ⟨respectively⟩ low, middling and best. And when, whether by day or by night, the Moon is in its own aṃśa ⟨navāṃśa⟩ or in that of an intimate friend, and is aspected by Jupiter and Venus, he becomes wealthy and happy.

सौम्यैः स्मरारि निधनेष्वधियोग इन्दोस्तस्मिंश्चमूप सचिव क्षिति पाल जन्म । सम्पन्न सौख्य विभवा हत शत्रवश्च दीर्घायुषो विगतरोग भयाश्च जाताः

saumyaiḥ smarāri nidhaneṣvadhiyoga indostasmiṃścamūpa saciva kṣiti pāla janma | sampanna saukhya vibhavā hata śatravaśca dīrghāyuṣo vigataroga bhayāśca jātāḥ

With benefics in the 7th, the 6th and the 8th ⟨houses⟩ from the Moon there is the Adhi-yoga; under it is born a commander of armies, a minister, or a ruler of the earth. ⟨Such men⟩ are endowed with comfort and wealth, their enemies slain, long-lived, and free of disease and of fear.

हित्वार्कं सुनफानफादुरुधुराः स्वान्त्योभयस्थैर्ग्रहैः शीतांशोः कथितोऽन्यथा तु बहुभिः केमद्रुमोऽन्यैस्त्वसौ । केन्द्रे शीतकरेऽथ वा ग्रहयुते केमद्रुमो नेष्यते केचित् केन्द्र नवांशकेषु च वदन्त्युक्तिः प्रसिद्धा न ते

hitvārkaṃ sunaphānaphādurudhurāḥ svāntyobhayasthairgrahaiḥ śītāṃśoḥ kathito'nyathā tu bahubhiḥ kemadrumo'nyaistvasau | kendre śītakare'tha vā grahayute kemadrumo neṣyate kecit kendra navāṃśakeṣu ca vadantyuktiḥ prasiddhā na te

Leaving the Sun out of account, Sunaphā, Anaphā and Durudhurā ⟨arise⟩ from grahas standing in the 2nd, in the 12th, and in both, reckoned from the Moon; otherwise Kemadruma is declared. But by many others that ⟨yoga⟩ is held otherwise: when the Moon is in a kendra, or is joined with a graha, Kemadruma is not admitted; and some speak so of kendras and navāṃśas as well — their dictum is not an established one.

त्रिंशत् सरूपाः सुनफानफाख्याः षष्टित्रयं दौरुधुरे प्रभेदाः । इच्छा विकल्पैः क्रमशोऽभिनीय नीते निवृत्तिः पुनरन्य नीतिः

triṃśat sarūpāḥ sunaphānaphākhyāḥ ṣaṣṭitrayaṃ daurudhure prabhedāḥ | icchā vikalpaiḥ kramaśo'bhinīya nīte nivṛttiḥ punaranya nītiḥ

The varieties named Sunaphā and Anaphā are thirty with one ⟨thirty-one each⟩; in Durudhurā the varieties are three sixties ⟨one hundred and eighty⟩. By the optional combinations taken at will, ⟨they are⟩ brought forward one after another in order: when one has been carried through there is a turning back, and then again another leading forth.

स्वयम् अधिगत वित्तः पार्थिवस्तत् समो वा भवति हि सुनफायां धी धन ख्यातिमांश्च । प्रभुर गद शरीरः शीलवान् ख्यात कीर्तिर्विषय सुख सुवेषो निर्वृतश्चानफायाम्

svayam adhigata vittaḥ pārthivastat samo vā bhavati hi sunaphāyāṃ dhī dhana khyātimāṃśca | prabhura gada śarīraḥ śīlavān khyāta kīrtirviṣaya sukha suveṣo nirvṛtaścānaphāyām

In Sunaphā one becomes possessed of wealth won by himself, a king or his equal, and endowed with intelligence, wealth and renown. In Anaphā he is a master, of a body free from disease, of good character, of celebrated fame, an enjoyer of the objects of sense, finely dressed, and at ease.

उत्पन्न भोग सुख भुग् धन वाहनाढ्यस्त्यागान्वितो दुरुधुरा प्रभवः सुभृत्यः । केमद्रुमे मलिनदुःखित नीच निःस्वाः प्रेष्याः खलाश्च नृपतेरपि वंश जाताः

utpanna bhoga sukha bhug dhana vāhanāḍhyastyāgānvito durudhurā prabhavaḥ subhṛtyaḥ | kemadrume malinaduḥkhita nīca niḥsvāḥ preṣyāḥ khalāśca nṛpaterapi vaṃśa jātāḥ

One born under Durudhurā enjoys the pleasures and comforts that come to him, is rich in wealth and vehicles, endowed with liberality, and well served. Under Kemadruma ⟨men are⟩ filthy, wretched, base and destitute, menials and knaves — even those born in the lineage of a king.

उत्साह शौर्यधन साहस वान् महीजः सौम्यः पटुः सुवचनो निपुणः कलासु । जीवोऽर्थधर्म सुख भाङ् नृप पूजितश्च कामी भृगुर्बहु धनो विषयोपभोक्ता

utsāha śauryadhana sāhasa vān mahījaḥ saumyaḥ paṭuḥ suvacano nipuṇaḥ kalāsu | jīvo'rthadharma sukha bhāṅ nṛpa pūjitaśca kāmī bhṛgurbahu dhano viṣayopabhoktā

Mars ⟨so placed makes one⟩ full of energy, valour, wealth and daring; Mercury, sharp, well-spoken, skilled in the arts; Jupiter, a partaker of wealth, dharma and comfort, and honoured by the king; Venus, lustful, of much wealth, an enjoyer of the objects of sense.

पर विभव परिच्छदोपभोक्तारवि तनयो बहु कार्यकृद् गणेशः । अशुभ कृद् उडुपोऽह्नि दृश्य मूर्तिर्गलित तनुश्च शुभोऽन्यथान्यद् ऊह्यम्

para vibhava paricchadopabhoktāravi tanayo bahu kāryakṛd gaṇeśaḥ | aśubha kṛd uḍupo'hni dṛśya mūrtirgalita tanuśca śubho'nyathānyad ūhyam

Saturn ⟨makes one⟩ an enjoyer of another's wealth and appointments, a doer of many works, a chief of a troop. The Moon does inauspicious work ⟨when⟩ its form is visible by day and its body is wasted; auspicious otherwise. Anything further is to be inferred.

लग्नाद् अतीव वसुमान् वसुमाञ् छशाङ्कात् सौम्य ग्रहैरुपचयोपगतैः समस्तैः । द्वाभ्यां समोऽल्प वसुमांश्च तदूनतायाम् अन्येष्वसत्स्वपि फलेष्विदम् उत्कटेन

lagnād atīva vasumān vasumāñ chaśāṅkāt saumya grahairupacayopagataiḥ samastaiḥ | dvābhyāṃ samo'lpa vasumāṃśca tadūnatāyām anyeṣvasatsvapi phaleṣvidam utkaṭena

When the benefic grahas, all of them, have gone to the upacaya houses ⟨the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th⟩: from the lagna, ⟨he is⟩ exceedingly wealthy; from the Moon, wealthy; from the two ⟨together⟩, middling; and of little wealth when there is a shortfall of that. Even when the other effects are absent, this one ⟨holds⟩ with force.

तिग्मांशुर्जनयत्युषेशसहितो यन्त्राश्मकारं नरं भौमेनाघरतं बुधेन निपुणं धीकीर्तिसौख्यान्वितम् । क्रूरं वाक्पतिनान्यकार्यनिरतं शुक्रेण रङ्गायुधैर्लब्धस्वं रविजेन धातुकुशलं भाण्डप्रकारेषु वा ॥ १ ॥

tigmāṃśurjanayatyuṣeśasahito yantrāśmakāraṃ naraṃ bhaumenāgharataṃ budhena nipuṇaṃ dhīkīrtisaukhyānvitam | krūraṃ vākpatinānyakāryanirataṃ śukreṇa raṅgāyudhairlabdhasvaṃ ravijena dhātukuśalaṃ bhāṇḍaprakāreṣu vā || 1 ||

The Sun with the Moon makes a man a worker of machines and of stone; with Mars, one given to base deeds; with Mercury, adept, and possessed of understanding, renown and ease; with Jupiter, harsh, and taken up with what is other men's business; with Venus, one whose wealth is won by arms in the arena; with Saturn, skilled in metals, or else in vessels of every kind.

कूटस्त्र्यासवकुम्भपण्यमशिवं मातुः सवक्रः शशी सज्ञः प्रश्रितवाक्यमर्थनिपुणं सौभाग्यकीर्त्यान्वितम् । विक्रान्तं कुलमुख्यमस्थिरमतिं वित्तेश्वरं साङ्गिरा वस्त्राणां ससितः क्रियादिकुशलं सार्किः पुनर्भूसुतम् ॥ २ ॥

kūṭastryāsavakumbhapaṇyamaśivaṃ mātuḥ savakraḥ śaśī sajñaḥ praśritavākyamarthanipuṇaṃ saubhāgyakīrtyānvitam | vikrāntaṃ kulamukhyamasthiramatiṃ vitteśvaraṃ sāṅgirā vastrāṇāṃ sasitaḥ kriyādikuśalaṃ sārkiḥ punarbhūsutam || 2 ||

The Moon with Mars: trade in false wares, in women, in liquor and in pots, and no good to the mother. With Mercury: courteous and modest of speech, adept in matters of substance, possessed of good fortune and renown. With Jupiter: valiant, foremost of his family, unsteady of mind, a master of wealth. With Venus: dealings in cloth. With Saturn: skilled in the crafts, and the son of a woman remarried.

मूलादिस्नेहकूटैर्व्यवहरति वणिग्बाहुयोद्धा ससौम्ये पुर्यध्यक्षः सजीवे भवति नरपतिः प्राप्तवित्तो द्विजो वा । गोपो मल्लोऽथ दक्षः परयुवतिरतो द्यूतकृत्सासुरेज्ये दुःखार्तोऽसत्यसन्धः ससवितृतनये भूमिजे निन्दितश्च ॥ ३ ॥

mūlādisnehakūṭairvyavaharati vaṇigbāhuyoddhā sasaumye puryadhyakṣaḥ sajīve bhavati narapatiḥ prāptavitto dvijo vā | gopo mallo'tha dakṣaḥ parayuvatirato dyūtakṛtsāsurejye duḥkhārto'satyasandhaḥ sasavitṛtanaye bhūmije ninditaśca || 3 ||

Mars with Mercury: a merchant whose stock is roots, oils and adulterated goods, and a man who fights with his arms. With Jupiter: an overseer of the city; he becomes a king, or a twice-born who has come by wealth. With Venus: a cowherd, a wrestler, and then a capable man, given to the young wives of others, a gambler. With Saturn: worn by sorrow, false to his word, and spoken ill of.

सौम्ये रङ्गचरो बृहस्पतियुते गीतप्रियो नृत्यविद्वाग्मी भूगणपः सितेन मृदुना मायापटुर्लङ्घकः । सद्विद्यो धनदारवान् बहुगुणः शुक्रेण युक्ते गुरौ ज्ञेयः श्मश्रुकरोऽसितेन घटकृज्जातोऽन्नकारोऽपि वा ॥ ४ ॥

saumye raṅgacaro bṛhaspatiyute gītapriyo nṛtyavidvāgmī bhūgaṇapaḥ sitena mṛdunā māyāpaṭurlaṅghakaḥ | sadvidyo dhanadāravān bahuguṇaḥ śukreṇa yukte gurau jñeyaḥ śmaśrukaro'sitena ghaṭakṛjjāto'nnakāro'pi vā || 4 ||

Mercury joined with Jupiter: one who performs in the arena, a lover of song, knowing dance. Mercury with Venus: eloquent, a lord of the companies of the earth. Mercury with mṛdu: adept in deceit, one who oversteps. Jupiter joined with Venus: of goodly learning, possessed of wealth and of a wife, of many virtues. Jupiter with asita: know him for a barber, or a potter, or a cook.

असितसितसमागमेऽल्पचक्षुर्युवतिसमाश्रयसम्प्रवृद्धवित्तः । भवति च लिपिपुस्तचित्रवेत्ता कथितफलैः परतो विकल्पनीयाः ॥ ५ ॥

asitasitasamāgame'lpacakṣuryuvatisamāśrayasampravṛddhavittaḥ | bhavati ca lipipustacitravettā kathitaphalaiḥ parato vikalpanīyāḥ || 5 ||

In the meeting of Saturn with Venus: of weak sight, his substance much increased through resort to a young woman; and he comes to know letters, books and painting. Beyond two grahas, the results are to be worked out by inference.

एकस्थैश्चतुरादिभिर्बलयुतैर्जाताः पृथग् वीर्यगैः शाक्या जीविक भिक्षु वृद्ध चरका निर्ग्रन्थ वन्याशनाः । माहेय ज्ञ गुरु क्षपा कर सित प्राभाकरीनैः क्रमात् प्रव्रज्या बलिभिः समाः परजितैस्तत् स्वामिभिः प्रच्युतिः

ekasthaiścaturādibhirbalayutairjātāḥ pṛthag vīryagaiḥ śākyā jīvika bhikṣu vṛddha carakā nirgrantha vanyāśanāḥ | māheya jña guru kṣapā kara sita prābhākarīnaiḥ kramāt pravrajyā balibhiḥ samāḥ parajitaistat svāmibhiḥ pracyutiḥ

When four or more grahas, endowed with strength, stand together in one ⟨sign⟩, those born ⟨become⟩ — severally, according to which of them attains ⟨the greater⟩ vigour — Śākyas ⟨Buddhist monks⟩, Ājīvikas, Bhikṣus ⟨mendicants⟩, Vṛddhas ⟨elders⟩, Carakas ⟨wandering ascetics⟩, Nirgranthas ⟨Jains⟩ and Vanyāśanas ⟨eaters of forest food⟩ — from Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, the Moon, Venus, Saturn and the Sun respectively. The renunciations accord with the strongest ⟨among them⟩; when these are defeated by the lords of ⟨the signs⟩ they occupy, there is a fall ⟨from that order⟩.

रवि लुप्त करैरदीक्षिता बलिभिस्तद्गत भक्तयो नराः । अभियाचित मात्रदीक्षिता निहतैरन्य निरीक्षितैरपि

ravi lupta karairadīkṣitā balibhistadgata bhaktayo narāḥ | abhiyācita mātradīkṣitā nihatairanya nirīkṣitairapi

When those strong ⟨indicators⟩ have their rays effaced by the Sun ⟨that is, are combust⟩, men are not initiated, ⟨yet⟩ their devotion is set upon that ⟨order⟩. When ⟨those indicators⟩ are struck down and are moreover aspected by others, ⟨men⟩ are initiated merely upon being entreated.

जन्मेशोऽन्यैर्यद्यदृष्टोऽर्क पुत्रं पश्यत्यार्किर्जन्मपं वा बलोनम् । दीक्षां प्राप्नोत्यार्कि दृक् काण संस्थे भौमार्क्यंशे सौरदृष्टे च चन्द्रे

janmeśo'nyairyadyadṛṣṭo'rka putraṃ paśyatyārkirjanmapaṃ vā balonam | dīkṣāṃ prāpnotyārki dṛk kāṇa saṃsthe bhaumārkyaṃśe sauradṛṣṭe ca candre

If the lord of the birth ⟨lagna⟩, unaspected by others, aspects the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩, or if Saturn aspects the lord of the birth ⟨lagna⟩ when that lord is deficient in strength, ⟨the native⟩ obtains initiation. ⟨So too⟩ when the Moon stands in Saturn's drekkāṇa ⟨decanate⟩ and in the aṃśa of Mars or of Saturn, aspected by Saturn.

सुर गुरु शशि होरा स्वार्कि दृष्टासु धर्मे गुरुरथ नृपतीनां योगजस्तीर्थ कृत् स्यात् । नवम भवन संस्थे मन्दगे अन्यैर्दृष्टे भवति नरपयोगे दीक्षितः पार्थिवेन्द्रः

sura guru śaśi horā svārki dṛṣṭāsu dharme gururatha nṛpatīnāṃ yogajastīrtha kṛt syāt | navama bhavana saṃsthe mandage anyairdṛṣṭe bhavati narapayoge dīkṣitaḥ pārthivendraḥ

In the horās of the deva-guru ⟨Jupiter⟩ and of the Moon, ⟨they⟩ being aspected by Ārki ⟨Saturn, the Sun's son⟩, ⟨and⟩ Jupiter in the ninth ⟨house, dharma⟩ — then one born of the yoga of kings will be a tīrthakṛt ⟨a founder of a sacred order⟩. And when the slow-goer ⟨Saturn⟩ stands in the ninth bhāva and is aspected by others, there being a royal yoga ⟨narapa-yoga⟩, a lord among kings ⟨pārthivendra⟩ becomes an initiate.

प्रियभूषणः सुरूपः सुभगो दक्षोऽश्विनीषु मतिमांश्च । कृतनिश्चयसत्यारुग्दक्षः सुखितश्च भरणीषु ॥ १ ॥

priyabhūṣaṇaḥ surūpaḥ subhago dakṣo'śvinīṣu matimāṃśca | kṛtaniścayasatyārugdakṣaḥ sukhitaśca bharaṇīṣu || 1 ||

Under Aśvinī: fond of ornament, well-formed, comely, capable, and of good understanding. Under Bharaṇī: settled in resolve, truthful, free of sickness, capable, and at ease.

बहुभुक् परदाररतस्तेजस्वी कृत्तिकासु विख्यातः । रोहिण्यां सत्यशुचिः प्रियंवदः स्थिरमतिः सुरूपश्च ॥ २ ॥

bahubhuk paradāraratastejasvī kṛttikāsu vikhyātaḥ | rohiṇyāṃ satyaśuciḥ priyaṃvadaḥ sthiramatiḥ surūpaśca || 2 ||

Under Kṛttikā: a great eater, given to the wives of others, of fiery energy, and widely known. Under Rohiṇī: truthful, pure, sweet in speech, firm of mind, and well-formed.

चपलश्चतुरो भीरुः पटुरुत्साही धनी मृगे भोगी । शठगर्वितः कृतघ्नो हिंस्रः पापश्च रौद्रर्क्षे ॥ ३ ॥

capalaścaturo bhīruḥ paṭurutsāhī dhanī mṛge bhogī | śaṭhagarvitaḥ kṛtaghno hiṃsraḥ pāpaśca raudrarkṣe || 3 ||

Under Mṛgaśiras: fickle, clever, timid, adroit, full of drive, wealthy, a man of enjoyments. Under the fierce star: a cheat, puffed up, ungrateful, violent, and wicked.

दान्तः सुखी सुशीलो दुर्मेधा रोगभाक्पिपासुश्च । अल्पेन च सन्तुष्टः पुनर्वसौ जायते मनुजः ॥ ४ ॥

dāntaḥ sukhī suśīlo durmedhā rogabhākpipāsuśca | alpena ca santuṣṭaḥ punarvasau jāyate manujaḥ || 4 ||

Restrained, at ease, of good conduct, dull of wit, prone to sickness and to thirst, and content with little — so is the man born under Punarvasu.

शान्तात्मा सुभगः पण्डितो धनी धर्मसंभृतः पुष्ये । शठसर्वभक्षपापः कृतघ्न धूर्तश्च भौजङ्गे ॥ ५ ॥

śāntātmā subhagaḥ paṇḍito dhanī dharmasaṃbhṛtaḥ puṣye | śaṭhasarvabhakṣapāpaḥ kṛtaghna dhūrtaśca bhaujaṅge || 5 ||

Under Puṣya: calm of soul, comely, learned, wealthy, and endowed with dharma. Under the serpent star: a cheat, eating anything, sinful, ungrateful, and a knave.

बहुभृत्यधनो भोगी सुरपितृभक्तो महोद्यमः पित्र्ये । प्रियवाग्दाता द्युतिमानटनो नृपसेवको भाग्ये ॥ ६ ॥

bahubhṛtyadhano bhogī surapitṛbhakto mahodyamaḥ pitrye | priyavāgdātā dyutimānaṭano nṛpasevako bhāgye || 6 ||

Under the ancestral star: many servants and much wealth, a man of enjoyments, devoted to the gods and the fathers, of great exertion. Under the star of fortune: sweet of speech, a giver, lustrous, a wanderer, and a servant of kings.

सुभगो विद्याप्तधनो भोगी सुखभाग्द्वितीयफाल्गुन्याम् । उत्साही धृष्टः पानपोऽघृणी तस्करो हस्ते ॥ ७ ॥

subhago vidyāptadhano bhogī sukhabhāgdvitīyaphālgunyām | utsāhī dhṛṣṭaḥ pānapo'ghṛṇī taskaro haste || 7 ||

Under the second Phalgunī: comely, his wealth won by learning, a man of enjoyments, sharing in comfort. Under Hasta: driven, bold, a drinker, without pity, a thief.

चित्राम्बरमाल्यधरः सुलोचनाङ्गश्च भवति चित्रायाम् । दान्तो वणिक्कृपालुः प्रियवाग्धर्माश्रितः स्वातौ ॥ ८ ॥

citrāmbaramālyadharaḥ sulocanāṅgaśca bhavati citrāyām | dānto vaṇikkṛpāluḥ priyavāgdharmāśritaḥ svātau || 8 ||

Under Citrā: wearing bright cloth and garlands, and fair of eye and limb. Under Svāti: restrained, a trader, tender-hearted, sweet of speech, holding to dharma.

ईर्ष्युर्लुब्धो द्युतिमान्वचनपटुः कलहकृद्विशाखासु । आढ्यो विदेशवासी क्षुधालुरटनोऽनुराधासु ॥ ९ ॥

īrṣyurlubdho dyutimānvacanapaṭuḥ kalahakṛdviśākhāsu | āḍhyo videśavāsī kṣudhāluraṭano'nurādhāsu || 9 ||

Under Viśākhā: envious, grasping, lustrous, skilled in speech, a maker of quarrels. Under Anurādhā: prosperous, dwelling abroad, prone to hunger, a wanderer.

ज्येष्ठासु न बहुमित्रः सन्तुष्टो धर्मकृत्प्रचुरकोपः । मूले मानी धनवान्सुखी न हिंस्रः स्थिरो भोगी

jyeṣṭhāsu na bahumitraḥ santuṣṭo dharmakṛtpracurakopaḥ | mūle mānī dhanavānsukhī na hiṃsraḥ sthiro bhogī

Under Jyeṣṭhā: few friends, content, doing what is right, and much given to anger. Under Mūla: proud, wealthy, at ease, not violent, steady, a man of enjoyments.

इष्टानन्दकलत्रो मानी दृढसौहृदश्च जलदैवे । वैश्वे विनीतधार्मिकबहुमित्रकृतज्ञसुभगश्च ॥ ११ ॥

iṣṭānandakalatro mānī dṛḍhasauhṛdaśca jaladaive | vaiśve vinītadhārmikabahumitrakṛtajñasubhagaśca || 11 ||

Under the water star: a wife beloved and delighting him, proud, and firm in friendship. Under the Viśvedeva star: modest, righteous, having many friends, grateful, and comely.

श्रीमाञ्छ्रवणे श्रुतवानुदारदारो धनान्वितः ख्यातः । दाता आढ्यः शूरो गीतप्रियो धनिष्ठासु धनलुब्धः ॥ १२ ॥

śrīmāñchravaṇe śrutavānudāradāro dhanānvitaḥ khyātaḥ | dātā āḍhyaḥ śūro gītapriyo dhaniṣṭhāsu dhanalubdhaḥ || 12 ||

Under Śravaṇa: prosperous, deeply learned, a wife of noble family, possessed of wealth, and renowned. Under Dhaniṣṭhā: a giver, rich, brave, fond of song, and greedy for money.

स्फुटवाग्व्यसनी रिपुहा साहसिकः शतभिषजि दुर्ग्राह्यः । भाद्रपदासूद्विग्नः स्त्रीजितधनी पटुरदाता च ॥ १३ ॥

sphuṭavāgvyasanī ripuhā sāhasikaḥ śatabhiṣaji durgrāhyaḥ | bhādrapadāsūdvignaḥ strījitadhanī paṭuradātā ca || 13 ||

Under Śatabhiṣaj: plain in speech, given to vice, a slayer of foes, daring, and hard to master. Under the Bhādrapadās: troubled in mind, mastered by women, wealthy, adroit, and no giver.

वक्ता सुखी प्रजावान् जितशत्रुर्धार्मिको द्वितीयासु । सम्पूर्णाङ्गः सुभगः शूरः शुचिरर्थवान् पौष्णे ॥ १४ ॥

vaktā sukhī prajāvān jitaśatrurdhārmiko dvitīyāsu | sampūrṇāṅgaḥ subhagaḥ śūraḥ śucirarthavān pauṣṇe || 14 ||

Under the second of them: eloquent, at ease, having offspring, conquering his foes, and righteous. Under the Pauṣṇa star: whole of limb, comely, brave, pure, and possessed of substance.

वृत्ताताम्रदृग् उष्ण शाक लघु भुक् क्षिप्र प्रसादोऽटनः कामी दुर्बल जानुरस्थिरधनः शूरोऽङ्गना वल्लभः । सेवाज्ञः कुनखी व्रणाङ्कित शिरा मानी सहोत्थाग्रजः शक्त्या पाणि तलेऽङ्कितोऽतिचपलस्तोयेऽतिभीरुः क्रिये

vṛttātāmradṛg uṣṇa śāka laghu bhuk kṣipra prasādo'ṭanaḥ kāmī durbala jānurasthiradhanaḥ śūro'ṅganā vallabhaḥ | sevājñaḥ kunakhī vraṇāṅkita śirā mānī sahotthāgrajaḥ śaktyā pāṇi tale'ṅkito'ticapalastoye'tibhīruḥ kriye

⟨With the Moon⟩ in Kriya ⟨Aries, the first sign⟩: round, coppery eyes; he eats hot food and vegetables, and eats little; quickly appeased; a wanderer; lustful; weak in the knees; his wealth does not stay; brave; dear to women; versed in service; ill-nailed; his head marked by a scar; proud; the eldest of his co-born ⟨brothers⟩; marked on the palm of the hand with a śakti ⟨spear⟩; exceedingly restless; and very much afraid of water.

कान्तः खेल गतिः पृथूरु वदनः पृष्ठास्य पार्श्वाङ्कितस्त्यागी क्लेश सहः प्रभुः ककुदवान् कन्या प्रजः श्लेष्मलः पूर्वैर्बन्धु धनात्मजैर्विरहितः सौभाग्ययुक्तः क्षमी दीप्ताग्निः प्रमदा प्रियः स्थिर सुहृन् मध्यान्त्य सौख्यो गवि

kāntaḥ khela gatiḥ pṛthūru vadanaḥ pṛṣṭhāsya pārśvāṅkitastyāgī kleśa sahaḥ prabhuḥ kakudavān kanyā prajaḥ śleṣmalaḥ pūrvairbandhu dhanātmajairvirahitaḥ saubhāgyayuktaḥ kṣamī dīptāgniḥ pramadā priyaḥ sthira suhṛn madhyāntya saukhyo gavi

⟨With the Moon⟩ in Go ⟨Taurus⟩: handsome; of a sporting gait; broad of thigh and face; marked on the back, the face and the flanks; liberal; enduring of hardship; a master ⟨of others⟩; humped ⟨at the neck, as a bull's kakud⟩; his offspring daughters; phlegmatic; in the earlier ⟨part of life⟩ bereft of kinsmen, wealth and children; endowed with good fortune; forbearing; of keen digestive fire; fond of women; steadfast to his friends; and happy in the middle and the last ⟨parts of life⟩.

स्त्री लोलः सुरतोपचार कुशलस्ताम्रेक्षणः शास्त्रविद् दूतः कुञ्चित मूर्धजः पटु मतिर्हास्येङ्गितद्यूतवित् । चार्वङ्गः प्रिय वाक् प्रभ क्षणरुचिर्गीत प्रियो नृत्यवित् क्लीबैर्याति रतिं समुन्नत नसश्चन्द्रे तृतीयर्क्षगे

strī lolaḥ suratopacāra kuśalastāmrekṣaṇaḥ śāstravid dūtaḥ kuñcita mūrdhajaḥ paṭu matirhāsyeṅgitadyūtavit | cārvaṅgaḥ priya vāk prabha kṣaṇarucirgīta priyo nṛtyavit klībairyāti ratiṃ samunnata nasaścandre tṛtīyarkṣage

⟨With the Moon⟩ in the third sign ⟨Mithuna, Gemini⟩: eager for women; skilled in the offices of love-making; coppery-eyed; learned in the śāstras; a messenger; curly-haired; sharp of wit; knowing jest, gesture and gambling; of comely limbs; sweet-spoken; fond of eating; fond of song; skilled in dance; he takes his sexual pleasure with klības ⟨eunuchs, the impotent⟩; and his nose is high.

आवक्रद्रुतगः समुन्नत कटिः स्त्री निर्ज्जितः सत् सुहृद् दैवज्ञः प्रचुरालयः क्षयधनैः संयुज्यते चन्द्रवत् । ह्रस्वः पीन गलः समेति च वशं साम्ना सुहृद् वत्सलस्तोयोद्यानरतः स्व वेश्म सहिते जातः शशाङ्के नरः

āvakradrutagaḥ samunnata kaṭiḥ strī nirjjitaḥ sat suhṛd daivajñaḥ pracurālayaḥ kṣayadhanaiḥ saṃyujyate candravat | hrasvaḥ pīna galaḥ sameti ca vaśaṃ sāmnā suhṛd vatsalastoyodyānarataḥ sva veśma sahite jātaḥ śaśāṅke naraḥ

The man born ⟨with the Moon⟩ joined to its own house ⟨Karka, Cancer⟩ is somewhat crooked ⟨of body⟩ and swift of gait; high of hip; vanquished by women; having good friends; an astrologer ⟨daivajña⟩; he comes to have abundant dwellings and wealth that wanes ⟨and grows again⟩ like the Moon; short; thick-necked; he is brought round by sāman ⟨conciliation⟩; affectionate to his friends; and delighting in water and gardens.

तीक्ष्णः स्थूल हनुर्विशाल वदनः पिङ्गेक्षणोऽल्पात्मजः स्त्री द्वेषी प्रिय मांस कानन नगः कुप्यत्यकार्ये चिरम् । क्षुत् तृष्णोदरदन्त मानसरुजा सम्पीडितस्त्यागवान् विक्रान्तः स्थिरधीः सुगर्वित मना मातुर्विधेयोऽर्क भे

tīkṣṇaḥ sthūla hanurviśāla vadanaḥ piṅgekṣaṇo'lpātmajaḥ strī dveṣī priya māṃsa kānana nagaḥ kupyatyakārye ciram | kṣut tṛṣṇodaradanta mānasarujā sampīḍitastyāgavān vikrāntaḥ sthiradhīḥ sugarvita manā māturvidheyo'rka bhe

⟨With the Moon⟩ in the Sun's sign ⟨Siṃha, Leo⟩: fierce; heavy-jawed; broad-faced; tawny-eyed; few sons; a hater of women; fond of meat, of forests and of mountains; he grows angry over what ought not to be done, and long ⟨stays angry⟩; tormented by hunger, thirst, and by ailments of the belly, the teeth and the mind; liberal; valorous; steady of mind; very proud in spirit; and obedient to his mother.

व्रीडा मन्थर चारु वीक्षण गतिः स्रस्तांस बाहुः सुखी श्लक्ष्णः सत्यरतः कलासु निपुणः शास्त्रार्थविद् धार्मिकः । मेधावी सुरत प्रियः पर गृहैर्वित्तैश्च संयुज्यते कन्यायां परदेशगः प्रिय वचाः कन्या प्रजोऽल्पात्मजः

vrīḍā manthara cāru vīkṣaṇa gatiḥ srastāṃsa bāhuḥ sukhī ślakṣṇaḥ satyarataḥ kalāsu nipuṇaḥ śāstrārthavid dhārmikaḥ | medhāvī surata priyaḥ para gṛhairvittaiśca saṃyujyate kanyāyāṃ paradeśagaḥ priya vacāḥ kanyā prajo'lpātmajaḥ

⟨With the Moon⟩ in Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩: his glance and his gait slow and lovely with modesty; shoulders and arms sloping; happy; smooth ⟨of body⟩; devoted to truth; skilled in the arts (kalās); knowing the meaning of the śāstras; righteous; intelligent; fond of love-making; he comes to possess the houses and the wealth of others; he goes to foreign lands; sweet of speech; his offspring daughters; and few sons.

देव ब्राह्मण साधु पूजनरतः प्राज्ञः शुचिः स्त्री जितः प्रांशुश्चोन्नत नासिकः कृश चलद् गात्रोऽटनोऽर्थान्वितः हीनाङ्गः क्रय विक्रयेषु कुशलो देवद्विनामा सरुक् बन्धूनाम् उपकार कृद् विरुषितस्त्यक्तस्तु तैः सप्तमे

deva brāhmaṇa sādhu pūjanarataḥ prājñaḥ śuciḥ strī jitaḥ prāṃśuśconnata nāsikaḥ kṛśa calad gātro'ṭano'rthānvitaḥ hīnāṅgaḥ kraya vikrayeṣu kuśalo devadvināmā saruk bandhūnām upakāra kṛd viruṣitastyaktastu taiḥ saptame

⟨With the Moon⟩ in the seventh sign ⟨Tulā, Libra⟩: devoted to the worship of gods, brāhmaṇas and holy men; wise; pure; vanquished by women; tall; high-nosed; of a lean and restless body; a wanderer; possessed of wealth; deficient in a limb; skilled in buying and selling; one whose second name is a god's name; sickly; a doer of good to his kinsmen — yet they are angered at him and cast him off.

पृथुल नयन वक्षा वृत्त जङ्घोरु जानुर्जनक गुरु वियुक्तः शैशवे व्याधितश्च । नर पति कुल पूज्यः पिङ्गलः क्रूर चेष्टो झष कुलिश खगाङ्कश्छन्न पापोऽलिजातः

pṛthula nayana vakṣā vṛtta jaṅghoru jānurjanaka guru viyuktaḥ śaiśave vyādhitaśca | nara pati kula pūjyaḥ piṅgalaḥ krūra ceṣṭo jhaṣa kuliśa khagāṅkaśchanna pāpo'lijātaḥ

Broad of eye and chest; round of shank, thigh and knee; parted from his father and his guru, and diseased in childhood; honoured in the households of kings; tawny; cruel in his acts; marked with ⟨the signs of⟩ a fish, a thunderbolt and a bird; his sins concealed — such is one born ⟨with the Moon⟩ in Ali ⟨Vṛścika, Scorpio⟩.

व्यादीर्घास्य शिरो धरः पितृ धनस्त्यागी कविर्वीर्यवान् वक्ता स्थूलरद श्रवोऽधर नसः कर्मोद्यतः शिल्पवित् । कुब्जांसः कुनखी समांसल भुजः प्रागल्भ्यवान् धर्मविद् बन्धु द्विट् न बलात् समेति च वशं साम्नैक साध्योऽश्वजः

vyādīrghāsya śiro dharaḥ pitṛ dhanastyāgī kavirvīryavān vaktā sthūlarada śravo'dhara nasaḥ karmodyataḥ śilpavit | kubjāṃsaḥ kunakhī samāṃsala bhujaḥ prāgalbhyavān dharmavid bandhu dviṭ na balāt sameti ca vaśaṃ sāmnaika sādhyo'śvajaḥ

⟨With the Moon⟩ in the horse ⟨sign — Dhanus, Sagittarius⟩: a very long face and neck; wealth from his father; liberal; a poet; vigorous; eloquent; thick of teeth, ears, lips and nose; active in work; knowing the crafts; hunched in the shoulders; ill-nailed; fleshy-armed; bold; knowing dharma; a hater of his kinsmen; he does not come round by force, and is to be won only by sāman ⟨conciliation⟩.

नित्यं लालयति स्वदार तनयान् धर्मध्वजोऽधः कृशः स्वक्षः क्षाम कटिर्गृहीत वचनः सौभाग्ययुक्तोऽलसः । शीतालुर्मनुजोऽटनश्च मकरे सत्त्वाधिकः काव्य कृल् लुब्धोऽगम्य जराङ्गनासु निरतः सन्त्यक्त लज्जोऽघृणः

nityaṃ lālayati svadāra tanayān dharmadhvajo'dhaḥ kṛśaḥ svakṣaḥ kṣāma kaṭirgṛhīta vacanaḥ saubhāgyayukto'lasaḥ | śītālurmanujo'ṭanaśca makare sattvādhikaḥ kāvya kṛl lubdho'gamya jarāṅganāsu nirataḥ santyakta lajjo'ghṛṇaḥ

⟨With the Moon⟩ in Makara ⟨Capricorn⟩: he constantly fondles his own wife and children; he makes a banner of dharma ⟨a hypocrite⟩; thin below; fine-eyed; slender-waisted; he takes up ⟨others'⟩ words; endowed with good fortune; indolent; he cannot bear cold, and the man is a wanderer besides; abounding in sattva; a maker of poetry; greedy; given to women he must not approach and to aged women; shame wholly cast off; and without pity.

करभ गलः शिरालुः खर लोमशदीर्घ तनुः पृथु चरणोरु पृष्ठ जघनास्य कटिर्जरठः । पर वनितार्थ पाप निरतः क्षय वृद्धि युतः प्रिय कुसुमानुलेपन सुहृद् घटजोऽध्व सहः

karabha galaḥ śirāluḥ khara lomaśadīrgha tanuḥ pṛthu caraṇoru pṛṣṭha jaghanāsya kaṭirjaraṭhaḥ | para vanitārtha pāpa nirataḥ kṣaya vṛddhi yutaḥ priya kusumānulepana suhṛd ghaṭajo'dhva sahaḥ

⟨With the Moon⟩ in Ghaṭa ⟨Kumbha, Aquarius⟩: a neck like a camel's; veins standing out; a body rough, hairy and long; broad of foot, thigh, back, buttock, face and waist; hard ⟨of body⟩; bent on sin for others' wives and others' wealth; subject to loss and to increase; fond of flowers, of unguents and of friends; and able to bear the road.

जल परधन भोक्तादार वासोऽनुरक्तः समरुचिर शरीरस्तुङ्ग नासो बृहत्कः । अभिभवति सपत्नान् स्त्री जितश्चारु दृष्टिर्द्युति निधि धन भोगी पण्डितश्चान्त्यराशौ

jala paradhana bhoktādāra vāso'nuraktaḥ samarucira śarīrastuṅga nāso bṛhatkaḥ | abhibhavati sapatnān strī jitaścāru dṛṣṭirdyuti nidhi dhana bhogī paṇḍitaścāntyarāśau

⟨With the Moon⟩ in the last sign ⟨Mīna, Pisces⟩: he lives off water and the wealth of others; attached to his wife and to clothing; his body even and lovely; high-nosed; large ⟨of frame⟩; he overpowers his rivals; vanquished by women; of beautiful eyes; enjoying lustre, treasure and wealth; and learned.

बलवति राशौ तदधिपतौ च स्व बलयुतः स्याद् यदि तुहिनांशुः । कथित फलानाम् अविकलदाता शशिवद् अतोऽन्येऽप्यनुपरिचिन्त्याः

balavati rāśau tadadhipatau ca sva balayutaḥ syād yadi tuhināṃśuḥ | kathita phalānām avikaladātā śaśivad ato'nye'pyanuparicintyāḥ

If the sign is strong, and its lord as well, and the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ is possessed of its own strength, then it gives undiminished the results that have been declared. The others ⟨the remaining grahas⟩ too are to be reasoned out from this in the same way as the Moon.

प्रथितश्चतुरोऽटनोऽल्प वित्तः क्रियगे त्वायुध भृद् वितुङ्ग भागे । गवि वस्त्र सुगन्ध पण्य जीवी वनिताद्विट् कुशलश्च गेयवाद्ये

prathitaścaturo'ṭano'lpa vittaḥ kriyage tvāyudha bhṛd vituṅga bhāge | gavi vastra sugandha paṇya jīvī vanitādviṭ kuśalaśca geyavādye

⟨With the Sun⟩ gone to Aries ⟨Kriya⟩: renowned, clever, a wanderer, of little wealth — but a bearer of weapons when he stands in a portion other than his exaltation. In Taurus ⟨Go⟩: living by trade in cloth and perfumes, a hater of women, and skilled in song and in instrumental music.

विद्या ज्योतिष वित्तवान् मिथुनगे भानौ कुलीरे स्थिते तीक्ष्णोऽस्वः पर कार्य कृच्छ्रम पथ क्लेशैश्च संयुज्यते । सिंहस्थे वन शैल गो कुलरतिर्वीर्यान्वितोऽज्ञः पुमान् कन्यास्थे लिपि लेख्य काव्य गणित ज्ञानान्वितः स्त्री वपुः

vidyā jyotiṣa vittavān mithunage bhānau kulīre sthite tīkṣṇo'svaḥ para kārya kṛcchrama patha kleśaiśca saṃyujyate | siṃhasthe vana śaila go kularatirvīryānvito'jñaḥ pumān kanyāsthe lipi lekhya kāvya gaṇita jñānānvitaḥ strī vapuḥ

With the Sun gone to Gemini: wealthy through learning and jyotiṣa. Placed in Cancer ⟨Kulīra⟩: harsh, without wealth, doing other men's work; and he is joined with the distresses of toil and of the road. Standing in Leo: fond of forests, hills and herds of cattle, endowed with valour, ⟨yet⟩ an unlearned man. Standing in Virgo: possessed of the knowledge of script, of documents, of poetry and of calculation, ⟨and⟩ having a woman's body.

जातस्तौलिनि शौण्डिकोऽध्वनि रतो हैरण्यको नीच कृत् क्रूरः साहसिको विषार्जितधनः शस्त्रान्तगोऽलि स्थिते । सत् पूज्यो धनवान् धनुर्धर गते तीक्ष्णो भिषक् कारुको नीचोऽज्ञः कुवणिङ् मृगे अल्पधनवांल् लुब्धोऽन्य भाग्यै रतः

jātastaulini śauṇḍiko'dhvani rato hairaṇyako nīca kṛt krūraḥ sāhasiko viṣārjitadhanaḥ śastrāntago'li sthite | sat pūjyo dhanavān dhanurdhara gate tīkṣṇo bhiṣak kāruko nīco'jñaḥ kuvaṇiṅ mṛge alpadhanavāṃl lubdho'nya bhāgyai rataḥ

One born when ⟨the Sun⟩ is in Libra ⟨Tauli⟩: a distiller of liquor, given to the road, a worker in gold, a doer of base deeds. Placed in Scorpio ⟨Ali⟩: cruel, reckless, his wealth got by poison, and one who has gone to the end of the science of arms ⟨that is, a master of weapons⟩. Gone to Sagittarius ⟨the Bowman⟩: honoured by the good, wealthy, fierce, a physician, an artisan. In Capricorn ⟨Mṛga⟩: base, unlearned, a bad trader, of little wealth, greedy, and living on the fortune of others.

नीचो घटे तनय भाग्य परिच्युतोऽस्व स्तोयोत्थ पण्य विभवो वनितादृतोऽन्त्ये । नक्षत्र मानव तनु प्रतिमे विभागे लक्ष्मादिशेत् तुहिनरश्मि दिनेशयुक्ते

nīco ghaṭe tanaya bhāgya paricyuto'sva stoyottha paṇya vibhavo vanitādṛto'ntye | nakṣatra mānava tanu pratime vibhāge lakṣmādiśet tuhinaraśmi dineśayukte

In Aquarius ⟨Ghaṭa⟩: base, fallen away from sons and fortune, without wealth. In the last sign ⟨Pisces⟩: his wealth from goods that arise out of water, and held in regard by women. In that division which the Moon and the Sun occupy — the division answering to a limb of the body of the nakṣatra-man — one should declare a mark ⟨upon the body⟩.

नर पति सत् कृतोऽटनश्चमूप वणिक् सधनः क्षत तनुश्चौर भूरि विषयांश्च कुजः स्व गृहे । युवति जितान् सुहृत्सु विषमान् परदाररतान् कुहक सुवेष भीरुपरुषान् सित भे जनयेत्

nara pati sat kṛto'ṭanaścamūpa vaṇik sadhanaḥ kṣata tanuścaura bhūri viṣayāṃśca kujaḥ sva gṛhe | yuvati jitān suhṛtsu viṣamān paradāraratān kuhaka suveṣa bhīruparuṣān sita bhe janayet

Mars in his own house ⟨Aries, Scorpio⟩ produces men honoured by the king, wandering, commanders of armies, merchants, wealthy, wounded in body, thieves, and of many enjoyments; and in the sign of Venus ⟨Taurus, Libra⟩ he produces men vanquished by women, crooked towards their friends, given to other men's wives, skilled in conjuring, finely dressed, timid, and harsh ⟨without affection⟩.

बौधे असहस्तनयवान् विसुहृत् कृतज्ञो गान्धर्वयुद्ध कुशलः कृपणोऽभयोऽर्थी । चान्द्रे अर्थवान् सलिलयान समर्जित स्वः प्राज्ञश्च भूमि तनये विकलः खलश्च

baudhe asahastanayavān visuhṛt kṛtajño gāndharvayuddha kuśalaḥ kṛpaṇo'bhayo'rthī | cāndre arthavān salilayāna samarjita svaḥ prājñaśca bhūmi tanaye vikalaḥ khalaśca

⟨Mars⟩ in the sign of Mercury ⟨Gemini, Virgo⟩: intolerant, having sons, hostile to friends, grateful, skilled in music and in fighting, miserly, fearless, seeking wealth. When Mars is in the sign of the Moon ⟨Cancer⟩: wealthy, his wealth well earned by water-craft, and wise — ⟨and withal⟩ deformed and wicked.

निःस्वः क्लेश सहो वनान्तर चरः सिंहेऽल्पदारात्मजो जैवे नैकरिपुर्नरेन्द्र सचिवः ख्यातोऽभयोऽल्पात्मजः । दुःखार्तो विधनोऽटनोऽनृतरतस्तीक्ष्णश्च कुम्भ स्थिते भौमे भूरि धनात्मजो मृग गते भूपोऽथ वा तत् समः

niḥsvaḥ kleśa saho vanāntara caraḥ siṃhe'lpadārātmajo jaive naikaripurnarendra sacivaḥ khyāto'bhayo'lpātmajaḥ | duḥkhārto vidhano'ṭano'nṛtaratastīkṣṇaśca kumbha sthite bhaume bhūri dhanātmajo mṛga gate bhūpo'tha vā tat samaḥ

⟨Mars⟩ in Leo: destitute, bearing distress, roaming in the depths of the forest, with few wives and sons. In the sign of Jupiter ⟨Sagittarius, Pisces⟩: with many enemies, a minister of the king, renowned, fearless, with few sons. When Mars is placed in Aquarius: afflicted with sorrow, without wealth, wandering, given to falsehood, and harsh. Gone to Capricorn: abundant wealth and sons — a king, or else his equal.

द्यूतर्ण पानरत नास्तिक चौर निःस्वाः कुस्त्रीक कूटकृद् असत्यरताः कुजर्क्षे । आचार्य भूरि सुतदारधनार्जनेष्टाः शौक्रे वदान्यगुरु भक्ति रताश्च सौम्ये

dyūtarṇa pānarata nāstika caura niḥsvāḥ kustrīka kūṭakṛd asatyaratāḥ kujarkṣe | ācārya bhūri sutadāradhanārjaneṣṭāḥ śaukre vadānyaguru bhakti ratāśca saumye

When Mercury is in the sign of Mars ⟨Aries, Scorpio⟩, ⟨men are born⟩ addicted to gambling, debt and drink, unbelievers, thieves, destitute, with bad wives, forgers, and given to falsehood; in the sign of Venus ⟨Taurus, Libra⟩ they are teachers, well-liked, with abundant sons, wives and earnings of wealth, generous, and devoted to their gurus.

विकत्थनः शास्त्र कला विदग्धः प्रियंवदः सौख्यरतस्तृतीये । जलार्जित स्वः स्व जनस्य शत्रुः शशाङ्कजे शीत करर्क्षयुक्ते

vikatthanaḥ śāstra kalā vidagdhaḥ priyaṃvadaḥ saukhyaratastṛtīye | jalārjita svaḥ sva janasya śatruḥ śaśāṅkaje śīta kararkṣayukte

In the third sign ⟨Gemini⟩: boastful, versed in the śāstras and the arts, sweet-spoken, fond of comfort. When Mercury is joined with the sign of the Moon ⟨Cancer⟩: his wealth earned from water, and an enemy to his own people.

स्त्री द्वेष्यो विधन सुखात्मजोऽटनोऽज्ञः स्त्री लोलः स्व परिभवोऽर्कराशिगे ज्ञे । त्यागी ज्ञः प्रचुर गुणः सुखी क्षमावान् युक्ति ज्ञो विगत भयश्च षष्ठराशौ

strī dveṣyo vidhana sukhātmajo'ṭano'jñaḥ strī lolaḥ sva paribhavo'rkarāśige jñe | tyāgī jñaḥ pracura guṇaḥ sukhī kṣamāvān yukti jño vigata bhayaśca ṣaṣṭharāśau

When Mercury is in the sign of the Sun ⟨Leo⟩: hated by women, without wealth, comfort or sons, a wanderer, unlearned, lusting after women, and humiliated among his own. In the sixth sign ⟨Virgo⟩: liberal, wise, of abundant virtues, happy, forbearing, knowing what expedient will serve, and free from fear.

पर कर्म कृद् अस्व शिल्प बुद्धी ऋणवान् विष्टि करो बुधे अर्कजर्क्षे । नृप सत्कृत पण्डिताप्त वाक्यो नवमेऽन्त्ये जितसेवकोऽन्त्यशिल्पः

para karma kṛd asva śilpa buddhī ṛṇavān viṣṭi karo budhe arkajarkṣe | nṛpa satkṛta paṇḍitāpta vākyo navame'ntye jitasevako'ntyaśilpaḥ

When Mercury is in the sign of Saturn ⟨Capricorn, Aquarius⟩: doing other men's work, without wealth, of a craftsman's wit, in debt, doing forced labour. In the ninth ⟨Sagittarius⟩: honoured by the king, his word taken by the learned. In the last ⟨Pisces⟩: one by whom servants are won over — skilled at winning others round, and knowing their minds — and of the meanest craft.

सेनानीर्बहु वित्तदार तनयो दाता सुभृत्यः क्षमी तेजो दार गुणान्वितः सुर गुरौ ख्यातः पुमान् कौज भे । कल्पाङ्गः सधनार्थ मित्र तनयस्त्यागी प्रियः शौक्र भे बौधे भूरि परिच्छदात्मज सुहृत् साचिव्ययुक्तः सुखी

senānīrbahu vittadāra tanayo dātā subhṛtyaḥ kṣamī tejo dāra guṇānvitaḥ sura gurau khyātaḥ pumān kauja bhe | kalpāṅgaḥ sadhanārtha mitra tanayastyāgī priyaḥ śaukra bhe baudhe bhūri paricchadātmaja suhṛt sācivyayuktaḥ sukhī

When Jupiter is in the sign of Mars ⟨Aries, Scorpio⟩, the man born is a commander of armies, with much wealth, wives and sons, liberal, well served, forbearing, endowed with splendour, ⟨a good⟩ wife and virtues, and renowned. In the sign of Venus ⟨Taurus, Libra⟩: of well-made limbs, with wealth, means, friends and sons, liberal, and beloved. In the sign of Mercury ⟨Gemini, Virgo⟩: with abundant retinue, sons and friends, holding a ministership, and happy.

चान्द्रे रत्न सुत स्वदार विभव प्रज्ञा सुखैरन्वितः सिंहे स्याद् बल नायकः सुर गुरौ प्रोक्तं च यच्चन्द्र भे । स्वर्क्षे माण्डलिको नरेन्द्र सचिवः सेनापतिर्वाधनी कुम्भे कर्कटवत् फलानि मकरे नीचोऽल्प वित्तोऽसुखी

cāndre ratna suta svadāra vibhava prajñā sukhairanvitaḥ siṃhe syād bala nāyakaḥ sura gurau proktaṃ ca yaccandra bhe | svarkṣe māṇḍaliko narendra sacivaḥ senāpatirvādhanī kumbhe karkaṭavat phalāni makare nīco'lpa vitto'sukhī

In the sign of the Moon ⟨Cancer⟩: endowed with gems, sons, his own wife, wealth, wisdom and comforts. In Leo he becomes a leader of forces — and what has been declared for Jupiter in the Moon's sign ⟨holds here as well⟩. In his own sign ⟨Sagittarius, Pisces⟩: a provincial governor, a king's minister, or a commander of the army, wealthy. In Aquarius the effects are as in Cancer. In Capricorn: base, of little wealth, unhappy.

परयुवति रतस्तदर्थ वादैर्हृत विभवः कुल पांसनः कुजर्क्षे । स्व बल मति धनो नरेन्द्र पूज्यः स्व जन विभुः प्रथितोऽभयः सिते स्वे

parayuvati ratastadartha vādairhṛta vibhavaḥ kula pāṃsanaḥ kujarkṣe | sva bala mati dhano narendra pūjyaḥ sva jana vibhuḥ prathito'bhayaḥ site sve

⟨Venus⟩ in the sign of Mars ⟨Aries, Scorpio⟩: given to other men's young wives, his wealth carried off by their talk of money, a defiler of his family. When Venus is in his own sign ⟨Taurus, Libra⟩: possessed of his own strength, understanding and wealth, honoured by the king, master of his own people, renowned and fearless.

नृप कृत्य करोऽर्थवान् कलाविन् मिथुने षष्ठ गते अतिनीच कर्मा रविजर्क्ष गते अमरारि पूज्ये सुभगः स्त्री विजितो रतः कुनार्य्याम्

nṛpa kṛtya karo'rthavān kalāvin mithune ṣaṣṭha gate atinīca karmā ravijarkṣa gate amarāri pūjye subhagaḥ strī vijito rataḥ kunāryyām

⟨Venus⟩ in Gemini: a doer of the king's business, wealthy, skilled in the arts. Gone to the sixth ⟨Virgo⟩: of very base deeds. When Venus — he whom the enemies of the gods honour — has gone to the sign of Saturn ⟨Capricorn, Aquarius⟩: comely, vanquished by women, attached to a base woman.

द्वि भार्योऽर्थी भीरुः प्रबल मद शोकश्च शशि भे हरौ योषाप्तार्थः प्रवरयुवतिर्मन्द तनयः । गुणैः पूज्यः स स्वस्तुरग सहिते दानव गुरौ झषे विद्वान् आढ्यो नृप जनित पूजोऽतिसुभगः

dvi bhāryo'rthī bhīruḥ prabala mada śokaśca śaśi bhe harau yoṣāptārthaḥ pravarayuvatirmanda tanayaḥ | guṇaiḥ pūjyaḥ sa svasturaga sahite dānava gurau jhaṣe vidvān āḍhyo nṛpa janita pūjo'tisubhagaḥ

⟨Venus⟩ in the sign of the Moon ⟨Cancer⟩: two wives, needy, timid, with strong intoxication and grief. In Leo ⟨Hari⟩: wealth obtained through a woman, an excellent young wife, few sons. When Venus, the preceptor of the dānavas, is joined with the horse-sign ⟨Sagittarius⟩: honoured for his virtues, and possessed of wealth. In Pisces ⟨Jhaṣa⟩: learned, rich, given honour by the king, exceedingly fortunate.

मूर्खोऽटनः कपटवान् विसुहृद् यमेऽजे कीटे तु बन्ध वध भाक् चपलोऽघृणश्च । निर्ह्रीसुखार्थतनयः स्खलितश्च लेख्ये रक्षा पतिर्भवति मुख्य पतिश्च बौधे

mūrkho'ṭanaḥ kapaṭavān visuhṛd yame'je kīṭe tu bandha vadha bhāk capalo'ghṛṇaśca | nirhrīsukhārthatanayaḥ skhalitaśca lekhye rakṣā patirbhavati mukhya patiśca baudhe

When Saturn is in Aries ⟨Aja⟩: a fool, a wanderer, full of trickery, friendless. But in Scorpio ⟨Kīṭa⟩: one who meets with bondage and violence, fickle and pitiless. In the sign of Mercury ⟨Gemini, Virgo⟩: shameless, and without comfort, wealth or sons, and faltering in writing; he becomes a keeper of the guard, and a chief of the leading men.

वर्ज्य स्त्रीष्टो न बहु विभवो भूरि भार्यो वृषस्थे ख्यातः स्वोच्चे गण पुर बल ग्राम पूज्योऽर्थवांश्च । कर्किण्यस्वो विकलदशनो मातृ हीनोऽसुतोऽज्ञः सिंहेऽनार्यो विसुख तनयो विष्टि कृत् सूर्य पुत्रे

varjya strīṣṭo na bahu vibhavo bhūri bhāryo vṛṣasthe khyātaḥ svocce gaṇa pura bala grāma pūjyo'rthavāṃśca | karkiṇyasvo vikaladaśano mātṛ hīno'suto'jñaḥ siṃhe'nāryo visukha tanayo viṣṭi kṛt sūrya putre

⟨Saturn⟩ standing in Taurus: fond of forbidden women, not of much wealth, with many wives. In his own exaltation ⟨Libra⟩: renowned, honoured by guilds, towns, armies and villages, and wealthy. In Cancer: without wealth, with defective teeth, motherless, sonless, unlearned. When the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ is in Leo: ignoble, without comfort or sons, a doer of forced labour.

स्वन्तः प्रत्ययितो नरेन्द्र भवने सत् पुत्र जायाधनो जीव क्षेत्र गते अर्कजे पुर बल ग्रामाग्र नेताथ वा । अन्य स्त्री धन संवृतः पुर बल ग्रामाग्रणीर्मन्ददृक् स्व क्षेत्रे मलिनः स्थिरार्थ विभवो भोक्ता च जातः पुमान्

svantaḥ pratyayito narendra bhavane sat putra jāyādhano jīva kṣetra gate arkaje pura bala grāmāgra netātha vā | anya strī dhana saṃvṛtaḥ pura bala grāmāgraṇīrmandadṛk sva kṣetre malinaḥ sthirārtha vibhavo bhoktā ca jātaḥ pumān

When Saturn has gone to the field of Jupiter ⟨Sagittarius, Pisces⟩: of an auspicious end — his death comes about through a meritorious act — trusted in the king's house, with good sons, a wife and wealth — or else a foremost leader of a town, an army or a village. In his own field ⟨Capricorn, Aquarius⟩ the man is born hemmed about by other men's women and wealth, foremost in town, army and village, dull of sight, soiled, of settled wealth and property, and an enjoyer.

शिशिर कर समागमेक्षणानां सदृश फलं प्रवदन्ति लग्न जातम् । फलम् अधिकम् इदं यद् अत्र भावाद् भवन भ नाथ गुणैर्विचिन्तनीयम्

śiśira kara samāgamekṣaṇānāṃ sadṛśa phalaṃ pravadanti lagna jātam | phalam adhikam idaṃ yad atra bhāvād bhavana bha nātha guṇairvicintanīyam

They declare that what is born of the lagna yields a fruit like that of the conjunctions and aspects of the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩. Whatever further fruit arises here from the bhāva is to be thought out from the qualities of the house, of the sign, and of its lord.

चन्द्रे भूप बुधौ नृपोपम गुणी स्तेनोऽधनश्चाजगे निःस्वः स्तेन नृ मान्य भूपधनिनः प्रेष्यः कुजाद्यैर्गवि । नृस्थे अयो व्यवहारि पार्थिव बुधाभीस्तन्तु वायोऽधनः स्वर्क्षे योद्धृ कवि ज्ञ भूमि पतयोऽयो जीवि दृग् रोगिणौ

candre bhūpa budhau nṛpopama guṇī steno'dhanaścājage niḥsvaḥ stena nṛ mānya bhūpadhaninaḥ preṣyaḥ kujādyairgavi | nṛsthe ayo vyavahāri pārthiva budhābhīstantu vāyo'dhanaḥ svarkṣe yoddhṛ kavi jña bhūmi patayo'yo jīvi dṛg rogiṇau

The Moon in Aja ⟨Aries⟩, aspected by Mars and the rest ⟨in order⟩: a king; a learned man; one whose qualities match a king's; a thief; one without wealth. In Go ⟨Taurus⟩: destitute; a thief; honoured among men; a king; wealthy; a servant. ⟨The Moon⟩ standing in the human sign ⟨Gemini⟩: a dealer in iron; a king; a learned man; fearless; a weaver; one without wealth. In its own sign ⟨Cancer⟩: a warrior; a poet; a knowing man; a lord of the earth; one who lives by iron; one diseased in the eyes.

ज्योतिर्ज्ञाढ्य नरेन्द्र नापित नृ पक्ष्मेशा बुधाद्यैर्हरौ तद्वद् भूप चमूप नैपुणयुताः षष्ठेऽशुभैः स्त्र्याश्रयः । जूके भूप सुवर्ण कार वणिजः शेषेक्षिते नैकृती कीटे युग्म पिता नतश्चरजको व्यङ्गोऽधनो भूपतिः

jyotirjñāḍhya narendra nāpita nṛ pakṣmeśā budhādyairharau tadvad bhūpa camūpa naipuṇayutāḥ ṣaṣṭhe'śubhaiḥ stryāśrayaḥ | jūke bhūpa suvarṇa kāra vaṇijaḥ śeṣekṣite naikṛtī kīṭe yugma pitā nataścarajako vyaṅgo'dhano bhūpatiḥ

In Hari ⟨Leo⟩, ⟨aspected⟩ by Mercury and the rest: an astrologer; a rich man; a king; a barber; a king; a lord of the earth. Likewise in the sixth ⟨sign, Virgo⟩: a king; a commander of an army; one furnished with skill — and by the inauspicious ⟨grahas⟩, one who depends on women. In Jūka ⟨Libra⟩: a king; a goldsmith; a merchant — aspected by the remaining ⟨grahas⟩, a swindler. In Kīṭa ⟨Scorpio⟩: the father of twins; one bowed down; a washerman; deformed in limb; without wealth; a lord of the earth.

ज्ञात्युर्वीश जनाश्रयश्च तुरगे पापैः सद् अम्भः शठश्चात्युर्वीश नरेन्द्र पण्डितधनी द्रव्योन भूपो मृगे । भूपो भूप समोऽन्यदार निरतः शेषैश्च कुम्भ स्थिते हास्यज्ञो नृपतिर्बुधश्च झषगे पापश्च पापेक्षिते

jñātyurvīśa janāśrayaśca turage pāpaiḥ sad ambhaḥ śaṭhaścātyurvīśa narendra paṇḍitadhanī dravyona bhūpo mṛge | bhūpo bhūpa samo'nyadāra nirataḥ śeṣaiśca kumbha sthite hāsyajño nṛpatirbudhaśca jhaṣage pāpaśca pāpekṣite

In Turaga ⟨Sagittarius⟩: a refuge for kinsmen, for kings and for people; and by malefics — full of hypocrisy, and a cheat. In Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩: one surpassing a king; a king; learned; wealthy; wanting in substance; a king. When ⟨the Moon⟩ is placed in Kumbha ⟨Aquarius⟩: a king; the equal of a king; given to other men's wives — and ⟨so also⟩ by the remaining ⟨grahas⟩. In Jhaṣa ⟨Pisces⟩: skilled in jest; a king; a learned man — and, when aspected by a malefic, wicked.

होरेशर्क्षदलाश्रितैः शुभ करो दृष्टः शशी तद्गतस्त्र्यंशे तत् पतिभिः सुहृद् भवनगैर्वा वीक्षितः शस्यते । यत् प्रोक्तं प्रति राशि वीक्षण फलं तद्द्वादशांशे स्मृतं सूर्याद्यैरवलोकितेऽपि शशिनि ज्ञेयं नवांशेष्वतः

horeśarkṣadalāśritaiḥ śubha karo dṛṣṭaḥ śaśī tadgatastryaṃśe tat patibhiḥ suhṛd bhavanagairvā vīkṣitaḥ śasyate | yat proktaṃ prati rāśi vīkṣaṇa phalaṃ taddvādaśāṃśe smṛtaṃ sūryādyairavalokite'pi śaśini jñeyaṃ navāṃśeṣvataḥ

The Moon gone into a horā — the half of a sign — aspected by ⟨grahas⟩ resorting to the horā's lord ⟨and to that half⟩, is a doer of good; and gone into a tryaṃśa ⟨drekkāṇa⟩, aspected by the lords of those ⟨tryaṃśas⟩ or by ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the houses of friends, it is commended. Whatever fruit of aspect has been declared for each rāśi — that same is held ⟨to apply⟩ in the dvādaśāṃśa; and from this, when the Moon is aspected by the Sun and the rest, ⟨the same⟩ is to be known in the navāṃśas.

आरक्षिको वधरुचिः कुशलो नियुद्धे भूपोऽर्थवान् कलह कृत् क्षितिजांश संस्थे । मूर्खोऽन्यदार निरतः सुकविः सितांशे सत् काव्य कृत् सुख परोऽन्य कलत्रगश्च

ārakṣiko vadharuciḥ kuśalo niyuddhe bhūpo'rthavān kalaha kṛt kṣitijāṃśa saṃsthe | mūrkho'nyadāra nirataḥ sukaviḥ sitāṃśe sat kāvya kṛt sukha paro'nya kalatragaśca

⟨The Moon⟩ set in the aṃśa of Mars: a guard; delighting in slaughter; skilled in close combat; a king; wealthy; a maker of quarrels. In the aṃśa of Venus: a fool; given to other men's wives; a fine poet; a maker of good poetry; bent on pleasure; and one who goes to another's wife.

बौधे हि रङ्ग चर चौर कवीन्द्र मन्त्री गेय ज्ञ शिल्प निपुणः शशिनि स्थिते अंशे । स्वांशे अल्प गात्रधन लुब्ध तपस्वि मुख्यः स्त्रीपोष्यकृत्य निरतश्च निरीक्ष्यमाणे

baudhe hi raṅga cara caura kavīndra mantrī geya jña śilpa nipuṇaḥ śaśini sthite aṃśe | svāṃśe alpa gātradhana lubdha tapasvi mukhyaḥ strīpoṣyakṛtya nirataśca nirīkṣyamāṇe

The Moon standing in the aṃśa of Mercury: a player upon the stage; a thief; a chief among poets; a minister; knowing in song; skilled in craft. In its own aṃśa: small in body and in wealth; greedy; foremost among ascetics; one to be maintained by women; and given to what ought to be done — when ⟨it is⟩ so aspected.

स क्रोधो नर पति संमतो निधीशः सिंहांशे प्रभुर सुतोऽतिहिंस्र कर्मा । जीवांशे प्रथित बलो रणोपदेष्टा हास्य ज्ञः सचिव विकाम वृद्ध शीलः

sa krodho nara pati saṃmato nidhīśaḥ siṃhāṃśe prabhura suto'tihiṃsra karmā | jīvāṃśe prathita balo raṇopadeṣṭā hāsya jñaḥ saciva vikāma vṛddha śīlaḥ

In the aṃśa of Siṃha ⟨Leo, the Sun's sign⟩: full of wrath; approved by the king; a lord of treasure; a master; without sons; of exceedingly cruel deeds. In the aṃśa of Jupiter: of famed strength; an instructor in battle; skilled in jest; a counsellor; free of desire; of the conduct of an elder.

अल्पापत्यो दुःखितः सत्यपि स्वे मानासक्तः कर्मणि स्वेऽनुरक्तः । दुष्ट स्त्रीष्टः कृपणश्चार्कि भागे चन्द्रे भानौ तद्वद् इन्द्वादि दृष्टे

alpāpatyo duḥkhitaḥ satyapi sve mānāsaktaḥ karmaṇi sve'nuraktaḥ | duṣṭa strīṣṭaḥ kṛpaṇaścārki bhāge candre bhānau tadvad indvādi dṛṣṭe

In the portion of Saturn: of few children; sorrowful even though he has ⟨wealth⟩ of his own; attached to honour; devoted to his own work; fond of wicked women; and miserly. ⟨What has been said⟩ of the Moon ⟨holds⟩ of the Sun likewise, when ⟨it is⟩ aspected by the Moon and the rest.

वर्गोत्तम स्व परगेषु शुभं यद् उक्तं तत् पुष्ट मध्य लघुता शुभम् उत्क्रमेण । वीर्यान्वितोऽंशक पतिर्निरुणद्धि पूर्वं राशीक्षणस्य फलम् अंश फलं ददाति

vargottama sva parageṣu śubhaṃ yad uktaṃ tat puṣṭa madhya laghutā śubham utkrameṇa | vīryānvito'ṃśaka patirniruṇaddhi pūrvaṃ rāśīkṣaṇasya phalam aṃśa phalaṃ dadāti

The auspicious ⟨result⟩ that has been declared for ⟨the Moon⟩ in vargottama, in its own ⟨varga⟩, and in another's — that is fullness, middling measure, and slightness ⟨respectively⟩: the auspicious ⟨diminishes⟩ in that succession. A lord of the aṃśa that is endowed with strength blocks the earlier ⟨result⟩ — the fruit of the aspect in the rāśi — and gives the fruit of the aṃśa.

शूरः स्तब्धो विकल नयनो निर्घृणोऽर्के तनुस्थे मेषे सस्वस्तिमिरनयनः सिंह संस्थे निशान्धः । नीचेऽन्धोऽस्वः शशि गृह गते बुद्बुदाक्षः पतङ्गे भूरि द्रव्यो नृप हृतधनो वक्त्ररोगी द्वितीये

śūraḥ stabdho vikala nayano nirghṛṇo'rke tanusthe meṣe sasvastimiranayanaḥ siṃha saṃsthe niśāndhaḥ | nīce'ndho'svaḥ śaśi gṛha gate budbudākṣaḥ pataṅge bhūri dravyo nṛpa hṛtadhano vaktrarogī dvitīye

The Sun standing in the body ⟨the 1st house⟩: valiant, unbending, defective in the eyes, without pity. In Aries: possessed of wealth, and diseased in the eye; standing in Leo: night‑blind; in debilitation ⟨Libra⟩, blind and without means; gone to the Moon's house ⟨Cancer⟩, his eyes are like bubbles. The Sun in the second: abundant goods, ⟨yet⟩ his wealth carried off by the king, and disease of the face.

मतिविक्रमवांस्तृतीयगेऽर्के विसुखः पीडितमानसश्चतुर्थे । असुतो धनवर्जितस्त्रिकोणे बलवाञ्छत्रुजितश्च शत्रुयाते

mativikramavāṃstṛtīyage'rke visukhaḥ pīḍitamānasaścaturthe | asuto dhanavarjitastrikoṇe balavāñchatrujitaśca śatruyāte

The Sun gone to the third: possessed of intelligence and prowess. In the fourth: bereft of comfort, afflicted in mind. In the trikoṇa ⟨the 5th⟩: without sons, deprived of wealth. Gone to the enemy ⟨the 6th⟩: strong, ⟨and yet⟩ conquered by his enemies.

स्त्रीभिर्गतः परिभवं मदगे पतङ्गे स्वल्पात्मजो निधनगे विकलेक्षणश्च । धर्मे सुतार्थ सुख भाक् सुख शौर्य भाक् खे लाभे प्रभूतधनवान् पतितस्तु रिःफे

strībhirgataḥ paribhavaṃ madage pataṅge svalpātmajo nidhanage vikalekṣaṇaśca | dharme sutārtha sukha bhāk sukha śaurya bhāk khe lābhe prabhūtadhanavān patitastu riḥphe

The Sun gone to mada ⟨the 7th⟩: he meets humiliation at the hands of women. Gone to nidhana ⟨the 8th⟩: few sons, and defective sight. In dharma ⟨the 9th⟩: a partaker of sons, wealth and comfort. In the sky ⟨the 10th⟩: a partaker of comfort and heroism. In lābha ⟨the 11th⟩: possessed of abundant wealth. But in riḥpha ⟨the 12th⟩: fallen ⟨an outcaste⟩.

मूकोन्मत्त जडान्ध हीन बधिर प्रेष्याः शशाङ्कोदये स्वर्क्षाजोच्च गते धनी बहु सुतः स स्वः कुटुम्बी धने । हिंस्रो भ्रातृ गते सुखे स तनये तत् प्रोक्त भावान्वितो नैकारिर्मृदु काय वह्नि मदनस्तीक्ष्णोऽलसश्चारिगे

mūkonmatta jaḍāndha hīna badhira preṣyāḥ śaśāṅkodaye svarkṣājocca gate dhanī bahu sutaḥ sa svaḥ kuṭumbī dhane | hiṃsro bhrātṛ gate sukhe sa tanaye tat prokta bhāvānvito naikārirmṛdu kāya vahni madanastīkṣṇo'lasaścārige

At the Moon's rising ⟨in the lagna⟩: mute, mad, dull‑witted, blind, deficient, deaf, a servant — but gone to its own sign, to Aja ⟨Aries⟩ or to its exaltation, ⟨respectively⟩ wealthy, with many sons, possessed of property. In dhana ⟨the 2nd⟩: a man of large household. Gone to the brother ⟨the 3rd⟩: given to violence. In sukha ⟨the 4th⟩ and in tanaya ⟨the 5th⟩ he is endowed with what has been declared for those bhāvas. And gone to ari ⟨the 6th⟩: many enemies, soft ⟨weak⟩ in body, in digestive fire and in sexual vigour, harsh, and indolent.

ईर्षुस्तीव्र मदो मदे बहु मतिर्व्याध्यर्दितश्चाष्टमे सौभाग्यात्मज मित्र बन्धु धन भाग् धर्म स्थिते शीतगौ । निष्पत्तिं समुपैति धर्मधनधी शौर्यैर्युतः कर्मगे ख्यातो भाव गुणान्वितो भव गते क्षुद्रोऽङ्ग हीनो व्यये

īrṣustīvra mado made bahu matirvyādhyarditaścāṣṭame saubhāgyātmaja mitra bandhu dhana bhāg dharma sthite śītagau | niṣpattiṃ samupaiti dharmadhanadhī śauryairyutaḥ karmage khyāto bhāva guṇānvito bhava gate kṣudro'ṅga hīno vyaye

In mada ⟨the 7th⟩: jealous, of fierce passion. In the eighth: of abundant intellect, and tormented by disease. When the cool‑rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ stands in dharma ⟨the 9th⟩: a partaker of good fortune, sons, friends, kinsmen and wealth. Gone to karma ⟨the 10th⟩ he attains accomplishment, joined with righteousness, wealth, intellect and valour. Gone to bhava ⟨the 11th⟩: renowned, endowed with the qualities of that bhāva. In vyaya ⟨the 12th⟩: mean, and deficient in a limb.

लग्ने कुजे क्षत तनुर्धनगे कद् अन्नो धर्मे अघवान् दिन कर प्रतिमोऽन्य संस्थः । विद्वान् धनी प्रखल पण्डित मन्त्र्यशत्रुर्धर्मज्ञ विश्रुत गुणः परतोऽर्कवज् ज्ञे

lagne kuje kṣata tanurdhanage kad anno dharme aghavān dina kara pratimo'nya saṃsthaḥ | vidvān dhanī prakhala paṇḍita mantryaśatrurdharmajña viśruta guṇaḥ parato'rkavaj jñe

Mars in the lagna: a wounded body; gone to dhana ⟨the 2nd⟩: wretched food; in dharma ⟨the 9th⟩: sinful; standing in the others, like the maker of day ⟨the Sun⟩. For Mercury: learned ⟨1st⟩, wealthy ⟨2nd⟩, thoroughly wicked ⟨3rd⟩, a scholar ⟨4th⟩, a counsellor ⟨5th⟩, without enemies ⟨6th⟩, a knower of dharma ⟨7th⟩, of far‑famed qualities ⟨8th⟩; beyond that, as for the Sun.

विद्वान् सुवाक्यः कृपणः सुखी च धीमानशत्रुः पितृतोऽधिकश्च । नीचस्तपस्वी सधनः स लाभः खलश्च जीवे क्रमशो विलग्नात्

vidvān suvākyaḥ kṛpaṇaḥ sukhī ca dhīmānaśatruḥ pitṛto'dhikaśca | nīcastapasvī sadhanaḥ sa lābhaḥ khalaśca jīve kramaśo vilagnāt

Learned ⟨1st⟩, of fair speech ⟨2nd⟩, miserly ⟨3rd⟩, happy ⟨4th⟩, intelligent ⟨5th⟩, without enemies ⟨6th⟩, and greater than his father ⟨7th⟩; base ⟨8th⟩, an ascetic ⟨9th⟩, wealthy ⟨10th⟩, gaining ⟨11th⟩ and wicked ⟨12th⟩ — for Jupiter, in order from the lagna.

स्मर निपुणः सुखितश्च विलग्ने प्रिय कलहोऽस्त गते सुरतेप्सुः । तनय गते सुखितो भृगु पुत्रे गुरु वदतोऽन्य गृहे सधनोऽन्त्ये

smara nipuṇaḥ sukhitaśca vilagne priya kalaho'sta gate suratepsuḥ | tanaya gate sukhito bhṛgu putre guru vadato'nya gṛhe sadhano'ntye

Venus in the lagna: skilled in love, and happy. Gone to asta ⟨the 7th⟩: fond of quarrel, craving sexual union. Gone to tanaya ⟨the 5th⟩: happy. For the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩, in houses other than these ⟨the results are⟩ as for Jupiter; and in the last ⟨the 12th⟩, wealthy.

अदृष्टार्थो रोगी मदन वशगोऽत्यन्त मलिनः शिशुत्वे पीडार्तः सवितृ सुत लग्नेत्यलस वाक् । गुरु स्वर्क्षोच्चस्थे नृ पति सदृशो ग्राम पुरपः सुविद्वांश्चार्वङ्गो दिन कर समोऽन्यत्र कथितः

adṛṣṭārtho rogī madana vaśago'tyanta malinaḥ śiśutve pīḍārtaḥ savitṛ suta lagnetyalasa vāk | guru svarkṣoccasthe nṛ pati sadṛśo grāma purapaḥ suvidvāṃścārvaṅgo dina kara samo'nyatra kathitaḥ

Savitṛ's son ⟨Saturn⟩ in the lagna: his substance unseen ⟨destitute⟩, diseased, in the grip of lust, exceedingly filthy, tormented with suffering in childhood, and very sluggish of speech. Standing in Jupiter's sign, in his own sign or in exaltation: like a king, lord of a village or a town, deeply learned, and fair of limb. Elsewhere he is declared to be like the maker of day ⟨the Sun⟩.

सुहृद् अरि परकीय स्वर्क्ष तुङ्ग स्थितानां फलम् अनुपरिचिन्त्यं लग्नदेहादि भावैः । समुपचय विपत्ती सौम्य पापेषु सत्यः कथयति विपरीतं रिःफ षष्ठाष्टमेषु

suhṛd ari parakīya svarkṣa tuṅga sthitānāṃ phalam anuparicintyaṃ lagnadehādi bhāvaiḥ | samupacaya vipattī saumya pāpeṣu satyaḥ kathayati viparītaṃ riḥpha ṣaṣṭhāṣṭameṣu

The fruit of ⟨grahas⟩ standing in a friend's sign, an enemy's, a stranger's, their own, or in exaltation is to be weighed together with the bhāvas beginning with the lagna ⟨the body⟩. ⟨There is⟩ increase where benefics are and calamity where malefics are; Satya ⟨Satyācārya⟩ declares the reverse in riḥpha ⟨the 12th⟩, the sixth and the eighth.

उच्च त्रिकोण स्व सुहृच्छत्रु नीच गृहार्कगैः । शुभं सम्पूर्ण पादोनदल पादाल्प निष्फलम्

ucca trikoṇa sva suhṛcchatru nīca gṛhārkagaiḥ | śubhaṃ sampūrṇa pādonadala pādālpa niṣphalam

By ⟨grahas⟩ gone to exaltation, to the trikoṇa ⟨mūlatrikoṇa⟩, to their own sign, to a friend's, to an enemy's, to the sign of debilitation, and to the Sun ⟨combust⟩, the auspicious ⟨effect is⟩ full, less a quarter, half, a quarter, slight, and fruitless.

कुल सम कुल मुख्य बन्धु पूज्याधनि सुखि भोगि नृपाः स्व भैक वृद्ध्या । पर विभव सुहृत् स्व बन्धु पोष्या गणप बलेश नृपाश्च मित्र भेषु

kula sama kula mukhya bandhu pūjyādhani sukhi bhogi nṛpāḥ sva bhaika vṛddhyā | para vibhava suhṛt sva bandhu poṣyā gaṇapa baleśa nṛpāśca mitra bheṣu

In their own signs, ⟨as the grahas⟩ increase by one ⟨from one up to seven⟩: ⟨the native is⟩ the equal of his family, the head of his family, honoured by his kinsmen, wealthy, comfortable, given to enjoyments, and a king. In friendly signs: maintained by another's wealth, by a friend, ⟨and⟩ by his own kinsmen; the head of a group, a commander of forces, and a king.

जनयति नृपम् एकोऽप्युच्चगो मित्रदृष्टः प्रचुरधन समेतं मित्रयोगाच्च सिद्धम् । विधन विसुख मूढ व्याधितो बन्ध तप्तो वधदुरित समेतः शत्रु नीचर्क्षगेषु

janayati nṛpam eko'pyuccago mitradṛṣṭaḥ pracuradhana sametaṃ mitrayogācca siddham | vidhana visukha mūḍha vyādhito bandha tapto vadhadurita sametaḥ śatru nīcarkṣageṣu

Even a single ⟨graha⟩ standing in exaltation and aspected by a friend produces a king; and by conjunction with a friend, ⟨one⟩ possessed of abundant wealth and accomplished. When ⟨grahas⟩ stand in the signs of enemies and in signs of debilitation: without wealth, without comfort, dull-witted, diseased, tormented by bondage, and beset with slaughter and calamity.

न कुम्भ लग्नं शुभम् आह सत्यो न भाग भेदाद् यवना वदन्ति । कस्यांश भेदो न तथास्ति राशेरतिप्रसङ्गस्त्विति विष्णु गुप्तः

na kumbha lagnaṃ śubham āha satyo na bhāga bhedād yavanā vadanti | kasyāṃśa bhedo na tathāsti rāśeratiprasaṅgastviti viṣṇu guptaḥ

Satya says the Kumbha (Aquarius) lagna is not auspicious. The Yavanas say ⟨it is⟩ not ⟨so of the whole sign, but⟩ by reason of a difference of degrees. But Viṣṇugupta ⟨says⟩: of which sign is there not such a division into aṃśas? ⟨To argue thus⟩ is an over-extension.

यातेष्वसत् स्व सम भेषु दिनेश होरां ख्यातो महोद्यम बलार्थयुतोऽतितेजाः । चान्द्रीं शुभेषु युजि मार्दव कान्ति सौख्य सौभाग्यधी मधुर वाक्ययुतः प्रजातः

yāteṣvasat sva sama bheṣu dineśa horāṃ khyāto mahodyama balārthayuto'titejāḥ | cāndrīṃ śubheṣu yuji mārdava kānti saukhya saubhāgyadhī madhura vākyayutaḥ prajātaḥ

When ⟨the grahas⟩ have gone into the Sun's horā ⟨while standing⟩ in inimical, own or neutral signs, ⟨the native is⟩ renowned, endowed with great enterprise, strength and wealth, and of surpassing brilliance. ⟨When they go⟩ into the Moon's horā, in benefic ⟨signs⟩ and in an even ⟨sign⟩, he is born endowed with gentleness, loveliness, comfort, good fortune, intelligence and sweet speech.

तास्वेव होरा स्व परर्क्षगेषु ज्ञेया नराः पूर्व गुणेषु मध्याः । व्यत्यस्त होरा भवन स्थितेषु मर्त्या भवन्त्युक्त गुणैर्विहीनाः

tāsveva horā sva pararkṣageṣu jñeyā narāḥ pūrva guṇeṣu madhyāḥ | vyatyasta horā bhavana sthiteṣu martyā bhavantyukta guṇairvihīnāḥ

In those same horās, when ⟨the grahas⟩ occupy their own or another's sign, men are to be known as middling in respect of the qualities stated before. When they stand in the house of the reversed horā, mortals come to be devoid of the qualities named.

कल्याणरूप गुणम् आत्म सुहृद् दृकोणे चन्द्रोऽन्यगस्तदधिनाथ गुणं करोति । व्यालोद्यतायुध चतुश्चरणाण्डजेषु तीक्ष्णोऽतिहिंस्र गुरु तल्परतोऽटनश्च

kalyāṇarūpa guṇam ātma suhṛd dṛkoṇe candro'nyagastadadhinātha guṇaṃ karoti | vyālodyatāyudha catuścaraṇāṇḍajeṣu tīkṣṇo'tihiṃsra guru talparato'ṭanaśca

The Moon in the drekkāṇa (decanate) of itself or of a friend makes ⟨the native's⟩ form and qualities auspicious; gone into another's, it makes the qualities of the lord of that ⟨drekkāṇa⟩. In the drekkāṇas of the serpent, of the raised weapon, of the quadruped and of the bird, ⟨he is⟩ respectively fierce, exceedingly violent, addicted to his guru's bed, and a wanderer.

स्तेनो भोक्ता पण्डिताढ्यो नरेन्द्रः क्लीबः शूरो विष्टिकृद् दास वृत्तिः । पापो हिंस्रोऽभीश्च वर्गोत्तमांशेष्वेषाम् ईशा राशिवद् द्वादशांशैः

steno bhoktā paṇḍitāḍhyo narendraḥ klībaḥ śūro viṣṭikṛd dāsa vṛttiḥ | pāpo hiṃsro'bhīśca vargottamāṃśeṣveṣām īśā rāśivad dvādaśāṃśaiḥ

A thief; an enjoyer; a learned man; a rich man; a king; impotent; a hero; a doer of forced labour; living by service; wicked; violent; fearless — ⟨such are those born in the navāṃśas of the twelve signs, in order⟩. In the vargottama aṃśas ⟨they are⟩ the lords of these. By the dvādaśāṃśas it is as ⟨it is⟩ by the signs.

जायान्वितो बल विभूषण सत्त्वयुक्तस्तेजोऽतिसाहसयुतश्च कुजे स्व भागे । रोगी मृत स्वयुवतिर्विषमोऽन्यदारो दुःखी परिच्छदयुतो मलिनोऽर्क पुत्रे

jāyānvito bala vibhūṣaṇa sattvayuktastejo'tisāhasayutaśca kuje sva bhāge | rogī mṛta svayuvatirviṣamo'nyadāro duḥkhī paricchadayuto malino'rka putre

Mars in its own portion ⟨triṃśāṃśa⟩: possessed of a wife, endowed with strength, ornament and vigour, and with splendour and excessive rashness. Saturn ⟨so placed⟩: diseased, his own wife dead, harsh, resorting to another's wife, unhappy, possessed of retinue and trappings, and filthy.

स्वांशे गुरौ धनयशः सुख बुद्धि युक्तास्तेजस्वि पूज्य निरुग् उद्यम भोगवन्तः । मेधा कला कपट काव्य विवाद शिल्प शास्त्रार्थ साहसयुताः शशिजे अतिमान्याः

svāṃśe gurau dhanayaśaḥ sukha buddhi yuktāstejasvi pūjya nirug udyama bhogavantaḥ | medhā kalā kapaṭa kāvya vivāda śilpa śāstrārtha sāhasayutāḥ śaśije atimānyāḥ

Jupiter in its own aṃśa: ⟨natives⟩ endowed with wealth, fame, comfort and understanding; brilliant, honoured, free of disease, enterprising, and enjoying pleasures. With Mercury ⟨so placed⟩: endowed with intellect, art, deceit, poetry, disputation, craft, the sense of the śāstras, and boldness — and greatly honoured.

स्वे त्रिंशांशे बहु सुत सुखारोग्य भाग्यार्थरूपः शुक्रे तीक्ष्णः सुललित वपुः सुप्रकीर्णेन्द्रियश्च । शूर स्तब्धौ विषम वधकौ सद् गुणाढ्यौ सुखिज्ञौ चार्वङ्गेऽष्टौ रवि शशि युतेष्वार पूर्वांशकेषु

sve triṃśāṃśe bahu suta sukhārogya bhāgyārtharūpaḥ śukre tīkṣṇaḥ sulalita vapuḥ suprakīrṇendriyaśca | śūra stabdhau viṣama vadhakau sad guṇāḍhyau sukhijñau cārvaṅge'ṣṭau ravi śaśi yuteṣvāra pūrvāṃśakeṣu

Venus in its own triṃśāṃśa: ⟨a native⟩ of many sons, comfort, health, fortune, wealth and beauty; keen, of a very graceful body, and of unrestrained senses. For the Sun and the Moon ⟨placed⟩ in the aṃśas beginning with Mars's, the two are: brave and stiff-necked; harsh and murderous; rich in good qualities; happy and knowing; and of lovely limbs — 'eight' ⟨so both witnesses; see note⟩.

स्वर्क्ष तुङ्ग मूल त्रिकोणगाः कण्टकेषु यावन्त आश्रिताः । सर्व एव ते अन्योन्य कारकाः कर्मगस्तु तेषां विशेषतः

svarkṣa tuṅga mūla trikoṇagāḥ kaṇṭakeṣu yāvanta āśritāḥ | sarva eva te anyonya kārakāḥ karmagastu teṣāṃ viśeṣataḥ

As many ⟨grahas⟩ as occupy their own sign, their exaltation, or their mūlatrikoṇa and are lodged in the kendras — all of these are kārakas to one another; and among them the one in the 10th is so especially.

कर्कटोदय गते यथोडुपे स्वोच्चगाः कुजयमार्क सूरयः । कारका निगदिताः परस्परं लग्नगस्य सकलोऽम्बराम्बुगः

karkaṭodaya gate yathoḍupe svoccagāḥ kujayamārka sūrayaḥ | kārakā nigaditāḥ parasparaṃ lagnagasya sakalo'mbarāmbugaḥ

As when the Moon has gone to Cancer risen ⟨as the lagna⟩, and Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter stand in their own exaltations — these are declared kārakas of one another; and for the one in the lagna, the ⟨kāraka⟩ in full is the one that occupies the 10th (ambara, 'the sky') and the 4th (ambu, 'the waters').

स्व त्रिकोणोच्चगो हेतुरन्योन्यं यदि कर्मगः । सुहृत् तद्गुण सम्पन्नः कारकश्चापि स स्मृतः

sva trikoṇoccago heturanyonyaṃ yadi karmagaḥ | suhṛt tadguṇa sampannaḥ kārakaścāpi sa smṛtaḥ

One that has gone to its own ⟨sign⟩, to its trikoṇa, or to its exaltation is reciprocally the cause ⟨of effects⟩ if it is in the 10th; and a friend ⟨graha⟩ endowed with those same qualities is likewise reckoned a kāraka.

शुभं वर्गोत्तमे जन्म वेशि स्थाने च सद्ग्रहे । अशून्येषु च केन्द्रेषु कारकाख्य ग्रहेषु च

śubhaṃ vargottame janma veśi sthāne ca sadgrahe | aśūnyeṣu ca kendreṣu kārakākhya graheṣu ca

Birth is auspicious in a vargottama, and when a benefic graha is in the veśi place; and ⟨so it is⟩ when the kendras are not empty, and when there are grahas named kāraka.

मध्ये वयसः सुख प्रदाः केन्द्रस्था गुरु जन्म लग्नपाः । पृष्ठोभयकोदयर्क्षगास्त्वन्ते अन्तः प्रथमेषु पाकदाः

madhye vayasaḥ sukha pradāḥ kendrasthā guru janma lagnapāḥ | pṛṣṭhobhayakodayarkṣagāstvante antaḥ prathameṣu pākadāḥ

Jupiter, the lord of the janma ⟨rāśi⟩, and the lord of the lagna, standing in the kendras, give happiness in the middle of life; but ⟨grahas⟩ occupying back-rising, both-rising ⟨and head-rising⟩ signs ripen ⟨their results⟩ at the end, in between, and in the first ⟨years⟩ respectively.

दिन कररुधिरौ प्रवेश काले गुरु भृगुजौ भवनस्य मध्ययातौ । रवि सुत शशिनौ विनिर्गमस्थौ शशि तनयः फलदस्तु सर्व कालम्

dina kararudhirau praveśa kāle guru bhṛgujau bhavanasya madhyayātau | ravi suta śaśinau vinirgamasthau śaśi tanayaḥ phaladastu sarva kālam

The Sun and Mars ⟨give their effects⟩ at the time of entering the house; Jupiter and Venus when they have gone to its middle; Saturn and the Moon when placed at its exit; but Mercury gives its effects at all times.

लग्नात् पुत्र कलत्र भे शुभ पति प्राप्तेऽथ वालोकिते चन्द्राद् वा यदि सम्पद् अस्ति हि तयोर्ज्ञेयोऽन्यथा संभवः । पाथोनोदयगे रवौ रवि सुतो मीन स्थितो दारहा पुत्र स्थान गतश्च पुत्र मरणं पुत्रोऽवनेर्यच्छति

lagnāt putra kalatra bhe śubha pati prāpte'tha vālokite candrād vā yadi sampad asti hi tayorjñeyo'nyathā saṃbhavaḥ | pāthonodayage ravau ravi suto mīna sthito dārahā putra sthāna gataśca putra maraṇaṃ putro'vaneryacchati

If the signs of sons and of the wife, ⟨reckoned⟩ from the lagna — or from the Moon — are occupied by benefics or by their lords, or else aspected ⟨by them⟩, then there is indeed prosperity in respect of those two; otherwise the reverse is to be known. When the Sun is in Pāthona ⟨Virgo⟩ at the rising point and Saturn ⟨the Sun's son⟩ stands in Pisces, he is a slayer of the wife; and the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩, gone to the place of sons ⟨the 5th⟩, grants the death of sons.

उग्र ग्रहैः सित चतुरस्र संस्थितैर्मध्य स्थिते भृगु तनयेऽथ वोग्रयोः । सौम्य ग्रहैरसहित संनिरीक्षिते जाया वधो दहन निपात पाशजः

ugra grahaiḥ sita caturasra saṃsthitairmadhya sthite bhṛgu tanaye'tha vograyoḥ | saumya grahairasahita saṃnirīkṣite jāyā vadho dahana nipāta pāśajaḥ

With fierce grahas ⟨malefics⟩ standing in the caturasra ⟨the 4th and the 8th⟩ from Venus, or with Venus ⟨Bhṛgu's son⟩ placed in the middle of two fierce ones, and ⟨Venus⟩ neither accompanied nor aspected by benefic grahas — ⟨there comes⟩ the slaying of the wife, born of burning, of a fall, or of the noose.

लग्नाद् व्ययारि गतयोः शशि तिग्मरश्म्योः पत्न्या सहैक नयनस्य वदन्ति जन्म । द्यूनस्थयोर्नवम पञ्चम संस्थयोर्वा शुक्रार्कयोर्विकलदारम् उशन्ति जातम्

lagnād vyayāri gatayoḥ śaśi tigmaraśmyoḥ patnyā sahaika nayanasya vadanti janma | dyūnasthayornavama pañcama saṃsthayorvā śukrārkayorvikaladāram uśanti jātam

When the Moon and the Sun ⟨of hot rays⟩ have gone to the 12th and the 6th from the lagna, they declare the birth of one who, together with his wife, is one-eyed. And when Venus and the Sun stand in the 7th, or stand in the 9th and the 5th, they hold the native to be one whose wife is deformed.

कोणोदये भृगु तनयेऽस्त चक्र संधौ वन्ध्या पतिर्यदि न सुतर्क्षम् इष्टयुक्तम् । पाप ग्रहैर्व्यय मद लग्नराशि संस्थैः क्षीणे शशिन्यसुत कलत्र जन्मधीस्थे

koṇodaye bhṛgu tanaye'sta cakra saṃdhau vandhyā patiryadi na sutarkṣam iṣṭayuktam | pāpa grahairvyaya mada lagnarāśi saṃsthaiḥ kṣīṇe śaśinyasuta kalatra janmadhīsthe

When Koṇa ⟨Saturn⟩ is at the rising point and Venus ⟨Bhṛgu's son⟩ at the junction of the setting circle ⟨the sandhi of the 7th⟩, ⟨he is⟩ the husband of a barren woman — if the sign of sons is not joined with a favourable ⟨graha⟩. With malefic grahas standing in the signs of the 12th, the 7th and the lagna, and the waned Moon placed in the lagna or the 5th, ⟨he is⟩ without sons and without a wife.

असित कुजयोर्वर्गे अस्तस्थे सिते तदवेक्षिते परयुवतिगस्तौ चेत् सेन्दू स्त्रिया सह पुंश्चलः । भृगुज शशिनोरस्ते अभार्यो नरो विसुतोऽपि वा परिणत तनू नृ स्त्र्योर्दृष्टौ शुभैः प्रमदा पती

asita kujayorvarge astasthe site tadavekṣite parayuvatigastau cet sendū striyā saha puṃścalaḥ | bhṛguja śaśinoraste abhāryo naro visuto'pi vā pariṇata tanū nṛ stryordṛṣṭau śubhaiḥ pramadā patī

Venus standing in the 7th in a varga of Saturn and Mars and aspected by them — he goes to the young women of others; and if those two are with the Moon, he is unchaste together with ⟨his⟩ wife. When Venus and the Moon are in the 7th, the man is without a wife, or without sons as well. ⟨And when the two,⟩ in a male and a female ⟨sign⟩, are aspected by benefics, wife and husband ⟨are⟩ of matured body.

वंश च्छेत्ता ख मद सुखगैश्चन्द्रदैत्येज्य पापैः शिल्पी त्र्यंशे शशि सुतयुते केन्द्र संस्थार्कि दृष्टे । दास्यां जातो दिति सुत गुरौ रिःफगे सौर भागे नीचोऽर्केन्द्वोर्मदन गतयोर्दृष्टयोः सूर्यजेन

vaṃśa cchettā kha mada sukhagaiścandradaityejya pāpaiḥ śilpī tryaṃśe śaśi sutayute kendra saṃsthārki dṛṣṭe | dāsyāṃ jāto diti suta gurau riḥphage saura bhāge nīco'rkendvormadana gatayordṛṣṭayoḥ sūryajena

⟨He is⟩ a cutter-off of the family line, with the Moon, Venus ⟨the Daityas' preceptor⟩ and malefics gone to the 10th, the 7th and the 4th ⟨respectively⟩. ⟨He is⟩ a craftsman when the drekkāṇa ⟨tryaṃśa⟩ is joined with Mercury ⟨the Moon's son⟩ and aspected by Saturn standing in a kendra. Born of a slave-woman, when Venus ⟨preceptor of Diti's sons⟩ is in the 12th in a portion of Saturn. ⟨He is⟩ base, when the Sun and the Moon have gone to the 7th and the two are aspected by Saturn ⟨the Sun's offspring⟩.

पापालोकितयोः सितावनिजयोरस्तस्थयोर्वाध्यरुक् चन्द्रे कर्कट वृश्चिकांशक गते पापैर्युते गुह्यरुक् । श्वि त्री रिःफधनस्थयोरशुभयोश्चन्द्रोदये अस्ते रवौ चन्द्रे खे अवनिजे अस्तगे च विकलो यद्यर्कजो वेशिगः

pāpālokitayoḥ sitāvanijayorastasthayorvādhyaruk candre karkaṭa vṛścikāṃśaka gate pāpairyute guhyaruk | śvi trī riḥphadhanasthayoraśubhayoścandrodaye aste ravau candre khe avanije astage ca vikalo yadyarkajo veśigaḥ

When Venus and Mars ⟨the Earth-born⟩, aspected by malefics, stand in the 7th — ⟨there is⟩ the disease vādhya ⟨a swelling illness⟩. When the Moon has gone to a Cancer or Scorpio navāṃśa and is joined with malefics — ⟨there is⟩ disease of the private parts. ⟨He is⟩ a leucoderm when two malefics stand in the 12th and the 2nd, the Moon is at the rising point and the Sun in the 7th; and, with the Moon in the 10th and Mars gone to the 7th, he is crippled — if Saturn ⟨the Sun-born⟩ occupies the veśi ⟨the 2nd from the Sun⟩.

अन्तः शशिन्यशुभयोर्मृगगे पतङ्गे श्वास क्षय प्लिहक विद्रधि गुल्म भाजः । शोषी परस्पर गृहांश गयो रवीन्द्वोः क्षेत्रेऽथ वा युगपद् एकगयोः कृशो वा

antaḥ śaśinyaśubhayormṛgage pataṅge śvāsa kṣaya plihaka vidradhi gulma bhājaḥ | śoṣī paraspara gṛhāṃśa gayo ravīndvoḥ kṣetre'tha vā yugapad ekagayoḥ kṛśo vā

With the Moon in the midst of two malefics and the Sun ⟨the flier⟩ gone to Capricorn, ⟨men are⟩ partakers of asthma, consumption, spleen-disease, abscess and gulma. ⟨He is⟩ consumptive when the Sun and the Moon have gone to each other's house and aṃśa; or, when the two go together into one kṣetra at once, he is emaciated.

चन्द्रे अश्वि मध्य झष कर्कि मृगाज भागे कुष्ठी स मन्दरुधिरे तदवेक्षिते वा । यातैस्त्रिकोणम् अलि कर्कि वृषैर्मृगे च कुष्ठी च पाप सहितैरवलोकितैर्वा

candre aśvi madhya jhaṣa karki mṛgāja bhāge kuṣṭhī sa mandarudhire tadavekṣite vā | yātaistrikoṇam ali karki vṛṣairmṛge ca kuṣṭhī ca pāpa sahitairavalokitairvā

When the Moon is in the middle ⟨navāṃśa⟩ of the Horse ⟨Sagittarius⟩, or in the portion of Pisces, Cancer, Capricorn or Aries, together with Saturn and Mars ⟨the red one⟩ — or aspected by those two — he is a leper. And ⟨he is⟩ a leper when Scorpio, Cancer and Taurus, and Capricorn, have come to a trikoṇa and are joined with malefics or aspected ⟨by them⟩.

निधनारि धन व्यय स्थितारवि चन्द्रारयमा यथा तथा । बलवद् ग्रहदोष कारणैर्मनुजानां जनयन्त्यनेत्रताम्

nidhanāri dhana vyaya sthitāravi candrārayamā yathā tathā | balavad grahadoṣa kāraṇairmanujānāṃ janayantyanetratām

The Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn ⟨Yama⟩, situated in the 8th, the 6th, the 2nd and the 12th, in whatever ⟨order⟩, produce eyelessness in men, by causes belonging to the doṣa of the strongest graha.

नवमाय तृतीयधी युता न च सौम्यैरशुभा निरीक्षिताः । नियमाच्छ्रवणोपघातदारद वैकृत्य कराश्च सप्तमे

navamāya tṛtīyadhī yutā na ca saumyairaśubhā nirīkṣitāḥ | niyamācchravaṇopaghātadārada vaikṛtya karāśca saptame

Malefics joined to the 9th, the 11th, the 3rd and the 5th, and not aspected by benefics, are of necessity givers of injury to the hearing; and, in the 7th, causers of deformity of the teeth.

उदयत्युडुपेऽसुरास्यगे स पिशाचोऽशुभयोस्त्रिकोणयोः । स उपप्लव मण्डले रवावुदयस्थे नयनापवर्जितः

udayatyuḍupe'surāsyage sa piśāco'śubhayostrikoṇayoḥ | sa upaplava maṇḍale ravāvudayasthe nayanāpavarjitaḥ

When the Moon rises ⟨in the lagna⟩ gone into the mouth of the asura ⟨that is, eclipsed⟩, and the two malefics are in the trikoṇas, he is one possessed of a piśāca. When the Sun, its orb ⟨seized⟩ by eclipse, stands at the rising point, ⟨he is⟩ deprived of his eyes.

संस्पृष्टः पवनेन मन्दगयुते द्यूने विलग्ने गुरौ सोन्मादोऽवनिजे स्थिते अस्त भवने जीवे विलग्नाश्रिते । तद्वत् सूर्य सुतोदये अवनि सुते धर्मात्मजद्यूनगे जातो वा स सहस्ररश्मि तनये क्षीणे व्यये शीतगौ

saṃspṛṣṭaḥ pavanena mandagayute dyūne vilagne gurau sonmādo'vanije sthite asta bhavane jīve vilagnāśrite | tadvat sūrya sutodaye avani sute dharmātmajadyūnage jāto vā sa sahasraraśmi tanaye kṣīṇe vyaye śītagau

⟨He is⟩ touched by wind ⟨vāta⟩ when the 7th is joined by Saturn and Jupiter is in the lagna. His is madness when Mars ⟨the Earth-born⟩ is placed in the setting house ⟨the 7th⟩ and Jupiter has taken to the lagna. Likewise when Saturn ⟨the Sun's son⟩ is at the rising point and Mars ⟨the Earth's son⟩ has gone to the 9th, the 5th or the 7th. Or he is born ⟨so⟩ when Saturn ⟨the thousand-rayed one's son⟩ and the waned Moon ⟨of cold beams⟩ are in the 12th.

राश्यंशपोष्ण कर शीत करामरेज्यैर्नीचाधिपांशक गतैररि भागगैर्वा । एभ्योऽल्प मध्य बहुभिः क्रमशः प्रसूता ज्ञेयाः स्युरभ्युपगम क्रय गर्भदासाः

rāśyaṃśapoṣṇa kara śīta karāmarejyairnīcādhipāṃśaka gatairari bhāgagairvā | ebhyo'lpa madhya bahubhiḥ kramaśaḥ prasūtā jñeyāḥ syurabhyupagama kraya garbhadāsāḥ

When the lord of the rāśi and of the aṃśa, the Sun ⟨of hot beams⟩, the Moon ⟨of cool beams⟩ and Jupiter ⟨preceptor of the immortals⟩ have gone to the aṃśa of the lord of ⟨their⟩ debilitation, or to an enemy's portion — those born ⟨under⟩ few, middling or many of these are to be known, in that order, as slaves by agreement, slaves by purchase, and slaves from the womb.

विकृतदशनः पापैर्दृष्टे वृषाज हयोदये खलतिरशुभ क्षेत्रे लग्ने हये वृष भे अपि वा । नवम सुतगे पापैर्दृष्टे रवावदृढेक्षणो दिन कर सुते नैक व्याधिः कुजे विकलः पुमान्

vikṛtadaśanaḥ pāpairdṛṣṭe vṛṣāja hayodaye khalatiraśubha kṣetre lagne haye vṛṣa bhe api vā | navama sutage pāpairdṛṣṭe ravāvadṛḍhekṣaṇo dina kara sute naika vyādhiḥ kuje vikalaḥ pumān

⟨He is⟩ of deformed teeth when Taurus, Aries or the Horse ⟨Sagittarius⟩ rises and is aspected by malefics. ⟨He is⟩ bald when the lagna is in a malefic's sign, in the Horse ⟨Sagittarius⟩, or also in the sign of the Bull. When the Sun has gone to the 9th or the 5th and is aspected by malefics, ⟨he is⟩ of unsteady sight; with the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ ⟨so placed⟩, not one disease ⟨but many⟩; with Mars, the man is crippled.

व्यय सुतधनधर्मगैरसौम्यैर्भवन स मान निबन्धनं विकल्प्यम् । भुज गनि गड पाशभृद् दृकाणैर्बलवद् असौम्य निरीक्षितैश्च तद्वत्

vyaya sutadhanadharmagairasaumyairbhavana sa māna nibandhanaṃ vikalpyam | bhuja gani gaḍa pāśabhṛd dṛkāṇairbalavad asaumya nirīkṣitaiśca tadvat

With malefics gone to the 12th, the 5th, the 2nd and the 9th, a confinement conformable to the ⟨rising⟩ house is to be inferred; and likewise by drekkāṇas bearing a serpent, fetters and a noose, and ⟨by those⟩ aspected by strong malefics.

परुष वचनोऽपस्मारार्तः क्षयी च निशा पतौ सरवि तनये वक्रालोकं गते परिवेषगे । रवि यम कुजैः सौम्यादृष्टैर्नभः स्थलम् आश्रितैर्भृतक मनुजः पूर्वोद्दिष्टैर्वराधम मध्यमाः

paruṣa vacano'pasmārārtaḥ kṣayī ca niśā patau saravi tanaye vakrālokaṃ gate pariveṣage | ravi yama kujaiḥ saumyādṛṣṭairnabhaḥ sthalam āśritairbhṛtaka manujaḥ pūrvoddiṣṭairvarādhama madhyamāḥ

⟨He is⟩ of harsh speech, afflicted with epilepsy, and consumptive, when the lord of night ⟨the Moon⟩ is with the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩, has come under the aspect of Mars ⟨vakra⟩, and stands in a halo. When the Sun, Saturn ⟨Yama⟩ and Mars, unaspected by benefics, have taken to the vault of the sky ⟨the 10th⟩, the man is a hired servant — by those named before ⟨in that order⟩, of the best, of the lowest, and of the middling ⟨kind⟩.

यद् यत् फलं नर भवे क्षमम् अङ्गनानां तत् तद्वदेत् पतिषु वा सकलं विधेयम् । तासां तु भर्तृ मरणं निधने वपुस्तु लग्नेन्दुगं सुभगतास्तमये पतिश्च

yad yat phalaṃ nara bhave kṣamam aṅganānāṃ tat tadvadet patiṣu vā sakalaṃ vidheyam | tāsāṃ tu bhartṛ maraṇaṃ nidhane vapustu lagnendugaṃ subhagatāstamaye patiśca

Whatever result declared for a male nativity is fit for women, that one should declare ⟨of them⟩; or else the whole of it is to be applied to their husbands. For women, however, the husband's death ⟨is read⟩ from the 8th house (nidhana), the body from what occupies the lagna and the Moon, and conjugal good fortune — and the husband himself — from the 7th (astamaya).

युग्मेषु लग्न शशिनोः प्रकृति स्थिता स्त्री सच्छील भूषणयुता शुभदृष्टयोश्च । ओजस्थयोश्च मनुजाकृति शीलयुक्ता पापा च पापयुतवीक्षितयोर्गुणोना

yugmeṣu lagna śaśinoḥ prakṛti sthitā strī sacchīla bhūṣaṇayutā śubhadṛṣṭayośca | ojasthayośca manujākṛti śīlayuktā pāpā ca pāpayutavīkṣitayorguṇonā

When the lagna and the Moon stand in even signs, the woman is settled in ⟨her own⟩ nature; and when the two are aspected by benefics, she is endowed with good character and with ornament. When the two stand in odd signs, she is of a man's form and conduct; and when the two are joined with or aspected by malefics, she is wicked and wanting in virtues.

कन्यैव दुष्टा व्रजतीहदास्यं साध्वी स माया कुचरित्रयुक्ता । भूम्यात्मजर्क्षे क्रमशोऽंशकेषु वक्रार्कि जीवेन्दुज भार्गवाणाम्

kanyaiva duṣṭā vrajatīhadāsyaṃ sādhvī sa māyā kucaritrayuktā | bhūmyātmajarkṣe kramaśo'ṃśakeṣu vakrārki jīvenduja bhārgavāṇām

In the sign of Mars, by the ⟨triṃśāṃśa⟩ divisions of Mars (vakra), Saturn (arki), Jupiter (jīva), Mercury (induja) and Venus (bhārgava) in order: defiled though ⟨still⟩ a maiden; she goes here into servitude; virtuous; full of guile; joined to bad conduct.

दुष्टा पुनर्भूः स गुणा कलाज्ञा ख्याता गुणैश्चासुर पूजितर्क्षे । स्यात् कापटी क्लीब समा सती च बौधे गुणाढ्या प्रविकीर्णकामा

duṣṭā punarbhūḥ sa guṇā kalājñā khyātā guṇaiścāsura pūjitarkṣe | syāt kāpaṭī klība samā satī ca baudhe guṇāḍhyā pravikīrṇakāmā

In the sign of Venus — ⟨the graha⟩ the asuras worship — ⟨by the same five divisions in order⟩: corrupt; a remarried woman (punarbhū); endowed with virtue; skilled in the arts; renowned for her qualities. In the sign of Mercury (baudha): deceitful; like a eunuch; chaste; rich in virtues; of scattered desire.

स्व च्छन्दा पति घातिनी बहु गुणा शिल्पिन्यसाध्वीन्दु भे । न्राचारा कुलटार्क भे नृप वधूः पुंश्चेष्टितागम्यगा । जैवेनैकगुणाल्परत्यतिगुणा विज्ञानयुक्ता सती । दासी नीचरतार्कि भे पति रतादुष्टा प्रजा स्वांशकैः

sva cchandā pati ghātinī bahu guṇā śilpinyasādhvīndu bhe | nrācārā kulaṭārka bhe nṛpa vadhūḥ puṃśceṣṭitāgamyagā | jaivenaikaguṇālparatyatiguṇā vijñānayuktā satī | dāsī nīcaratārki bhe pati ratāduṣṭā prajā svāṃśakaiḥ

In the sign of the Moon: self-willed; a slayer of her husband; of many virtues; a craftswoman; unchaste. In the sign of the Sun: of manly conduct; a wanton; a king's wife; behaving like a man; going to men forbidden to her. In the sign of Jupiter: of many virtues; of little sexual appetite; exceedingly virtuous; endowed with knowledge; chaste. In the sign of Saturn: a maidservant; given to base men; devoted to her husband; corrupt; ⟨blessed with⟩ offspring — each by its own aṃśa.

शशि लग्न समायुक्तैः फलं त्रिंशांशकैरिदम् । बलाबल विकल्पेन तयोरुक्तं विचिन्तयेत्

śaśi lagna samāyuktaiḥ phalaṃ triṃśāṃśakairidam | balābala vikalpena tayoruktaṃ vicintayet

This result ⟨is read⟩ from the triṃśāṃśas that the Moon and the lagna occupy; and one should weigh what has been said of those two by the alternative of strength and weakness ⟨taking whichever is the stronger⟩.

दृक् संस्थावसित सितौ परस्परांशे शौक्रे वा यदि घटराशि संभवोऽंशः । स्त्रीभिः स्त्री मदन विषानल प्रदीप्तं संशान्तिं नयति नराकृति स्थिताभिः

dṛk saṃsthāvasita sitau parasparāṃśe śaukre vā yadi ghaṭarāśi saṃbhavo'ṃśaḥ | strībhiḥ strī madana viṣānala pradīptaṃ saṃśāntiṃ nayati narākṛti sthitābhiḥ

If Saturn (asita) and Venus (sita) stand in mutual aspect and in each other's aṃśas, or in an aṃśa of Venus, or if the aṃśa that rises is of the sign Aquarius, the woman brings the blazing poison-fire of her lust to rest by means of women of masculine form.

शून्ये कापुरुषोऽबलेऽस्त भवने सौम्य ग्रहावीक्षिते क्लीवोऽस्ते बुध मन्दयोश्चर गृहे नित्यं प्रवासान्वितः । उत्सृष्टारविणा कुजेन विधवा वाल्ये अस्तराशि स्थिते कन्यैवाशुभ वीक्षिते अर्क तनये द्यूने जरां गच्छति

śūnye kāpuruṣo'bale'sta bhavane saumya grahāvīkṣite klīvo'ste budha mandayoścara gṛhe nityaṃ pravāsānvitaḥ | utsṛṣṭāraviṇā kujena vidhavā vālye astarāśi sthite kanyaivāśubha vīkṣite arka tanaye dyūne jarāṃ gacchati

When the 7th house (asta) is empty ⟨of every graha⟩, without strength, and unaspected by benefic grahas, ⟨the husband is⟩ a contemptible man. When Mercury and Saturn are in the 7th he is impotent; in a movable sign, he is forever away from home. When the Sun is in the 7th sign she is cast off; when Mars is, she is a widow in childhood. When Saturn (arka-tanaya), aspected by inauspicious ⟨grahas⟩, is in the 7th (dyūna), she goes to old age still a maiden.

आग्नेयैर्विधवास्तराशि सहितैर्मिश्रैः पुनर्भूर्भवेत् क्रूरे हीन बलेऽस्तगे स्व पतिना सौम्येक्षिते प्रोज्झिता । अन्योन्यांशगयोः सितावनिजयोरन्य प्रसक्ताङ्गना द्यूने वा यदि शीतरश्मि सहितौ भर्तुस्तदानुज्ञया

āgneyairvidhavāstarāśi sahitairmiśraiḥ punarbhūrbhavet krūre hīna bale'stage sva patinā saumyekṣite projjhitā | anyonyāṃśagayoḥ sitāvanijayoranya prasaktāṅganā dyūne vā yadi śītaraśmi sahitau bhartustadānujñayā

When fiery ⟨grahas⟩ are together in the 7th sign, she is a widow; when they are mixed ⟨with benefics⟩, she becomes a remarried woman (punarbhū). When a malefic devoid of strength is in the 7th and is aspected by a benefic, she is cast off by her own husband. When Venus and Mars stand in each other's aṃśas, the woman is attached to another ⟨man⟩; and if the two are in the 7th (dyūna) together with the Moon, ⟨it is⟩ by her husband's leave.

सौरारर्क्षे लग्नगे सेन्दु शुक्रे मात्रा सार्द्धं बन्धकी पापदृष्टे । कौजे अस्तांशे सौरिणा व्याधि योनिश्चारु श्रोणी वल्लभा सद् ग्रहांशे

saurārarkṣe lagnage sendu śukre mātrā sārddhaṃ bandhakī pāpadṛṣṭe | kauje astāṃśe sauriṇā vyādhi yoniścāru śroṇī vallabhā sad grahāṃśe

When Venus with the Moon is in the lagna in a sign of Saturn or Mars and is aspected by a malefic, she is a harlot along with her mother. When the aṃśa of the 7th is Mars's and Saturn ⟨is joined to it⟩, her genital organ is diseased; when the aṃśa is a benefic graha's, she is fair-hipped and beloved.

वृद्धो मूर्खः सूर्यजर्क्षेंऽशके वा स्त्री लोलः स्यात् क्रोधनश्चावनेये । शौक्रे कान्तोऽतीव सौभाग्ययुक्तो विद्वान् भर्ता नैपुण ज्ञश्च बौधे

vṛddho mūrkhaḥ sūryajarkṣeṃ'śake vā strī lolaḥ syāt krodhanaścāvaneye | śaukre kānto'tīva saubhāgyayukto vidvān bhartā naipuṇa jñaśca baudhe

In the sign or the aṃśa of Saturn (sūryaja), ⟨the husband is⟩ old and a fool; in that of Mars (āvaneya), greedy for women and given to anger; in that of Venus (śaukra), exceedingly handsome and blessed with good fortune; in that of Mercury (baudha), learned and knowing in skilled work.

मदन वश गतो मृदुश्च चान्द्रे त्रि दश गुरौ गुणवान् जितेन्द्रियश्च । अतिमृदु रति कर्म कृच्च सौर्ये भवति गृहे अस्तमय स्थिते अंशके वा

madana vaśa gato mṛduśca cāndre tri daśa gurau guṇavān jitendriyaśca | atimṛdu rati karma kṛcca saurye bhavati gṛhe astamaya sthite aṃśake vā

In that of the Moon (cāndra), he is under the sway of passion and soft; in that of Jupiter (the guru of the gods), virtuous and master of his senses; in that of the Sun (saurya), very feeble in the act of love. So he is when ⟨that graha's⟩ sign or aṃśa stands in the 7th (astamaya).

ईर्ष्यान्विता सुख परा शशि शुक्र लग्ने ज्ञेन्द्वोः कलासु निपुणा सुखिता गुणाढ्या । शुक्र ज्ञयोस्तु रुचिरा सुभगा कलाज्ञा त्रिष्वप्यनेक वसु सौख्य गुणा शुभेषु

īrṣyānvitā sukha parā śaśi śukra lagne jñendvoḥ kalāsu nipuṇā sukhitā guṇāḍhyā | śukra jñayostu rucirā subhagā kalājñā triṣvapyaneka vasu saukhya guṇā śubheṣu

The Moon and Venus in the lagna: she is jealous and bent on pleasure. Mercury and the Moon: skilled in the arts, happy, rich in virtues. Venus and Mercury: lovely, fortunate, knowing the arts. And when all three are ⟨there⟩ and auspicious: possessed of manifold wealth, comfort and virtue.

क्रूरेऽष्टमे विधवता निधनेश्वरोऽंशे यस्य स्थितो वयसि तस्य समे प्रदिष्टा । सत् स्वर्थगेषु मरणं स्वयम् एव तस्याः कन्यालिगो हरिषु चाल्प सुतत्वम् इन्दौ

krūre'ṣṭame vidhavatā nidhaneśvaro'ṃśe yasya sthito vayasi tasya same pradiṣṭā | sat svarthageṣu maraṇaṃ svayam eva tasyāḥ kanyāligo hariṣu cālpa sutatvam indau

A malefic in the 8th ⟨gives⟩ widowhood, and it is declared at an age answering to the graha in whose aṃśa the lord of the 8th (nidhana) stands. When benefics occupy the 2nd (artha), it is her own death ⟨that comes, and not widowhood⟩. And the Moon in Virgo, Scorpio (ali) or Leo (hari) ⟨gives⟩ few children.

सौरे मध्य बले बलेनरहितैः शीतांशु शुक्रेन्दुजैः शेषैर्वीर्य समन्वितैः पुरुषिणी यद्योजराश्युद्गमः । जीवारास्फुजि दैन्दवेषु बलिषु प्राग् लग्नराशौ समे विख्याता भुवि नैक शास्त्र निपुणा स्त्री ब्रह्म वादिन्यपि

saure madhya bale balenarahitaiḥ śītāṃśu śukrendujaiḥ śeṣairvīrya samanvitaiḥ puruṣiṇī yadyojarāśyudgamaḥ | jīvārāsphuji daindaveṣu baliṣu prāg lagnarāśau same vikhyātā bhuvi naika śāstra nipuṇā strī brahma vādinyapi

If Saturn is of middling strength, the Moon, Venus and Mercury devoid of strength, the rest endowed with vigour, and an odd sign rises, she is a woman of many men (puruṣiṇī). When Jupiter, Mars, Venus (āsphujit) and Mercury (aindava) are strong and the lagna-sign that rises first is even, the woman is renowned upon the earth, skilled in many śāstras, and an expounder of Brahman (brahmavādinī) besides.

पापे अस्ते नवम गत ग्रहस्य तुल्यां प्रव्रज्यां युवतिरुपैत्यसंशयेन । उद्वाहे वरण विधौ प्रदान काले चिन्तायाम् अपि सकलं विधेयम् एतत्

pāpe aste navama gata grahasya tulyāṃ pravrajyāṃ yuvatirupaityasaṃśayena | udvāhe varaṇa vidhau pradāna kāle cintāyām api sakalaṃ vidheyam etat

When a malefic is in the 7th (asta), the young woman without doubt takes to the ascetic order (pravrajyā) that answers to the graha standing in the 9th. And all this is to be applied at the marriage, at the rite of choosing ⟨the bridegroom⟩, at the time of giving away ⟨the bride⟩, and in the enquiry (cintā) as well.

मृत्युर्मृत्यु गृहेक्षणेन बलिभिस्तद्धातु कोपोद्भवस्तत् संयुक्त भ गात्रजो बहु भवो वीर्यान्वितैर्भूरिभिः । अग्न्यंब्वायुधजो ज्वरामय कृतस्तृट् क्षुत् कृतश्चाष्टमे सूर्याद्यैर्निधने चरादिषु पर स्वाध्व प्रदेशेष्विति

mṛtyurmṛtyu gṛhekṣaṇena balibhistaddhātu kopodbhavastat saṃyukta bha gātrajo bahu bhavo vīryānvitairbhūribhiḥ | agnyaṃbvāyudhajo jvarāmaya kṛtastṛṭ kṣut kṛtaścāṣṭame sūryādyairnidhane carādiṣu para svādhva pradeśeṣviti

Death — ⟨judged⟩ by the aspect of strong grahas upon the house of death ⟨the 8th⟩ — arises from the derangement of the dhātu ⟨bodily element⟩ belonging to those ⟨grahas⟩, and in the limb of the sign they are joined to; where many grahas endowed with strength ⟨so aspect⟩, it has many origins. And with the Sun and the rest in the eighth, ⟨death is⟩ born of fire, of water, of a weapon; wrought by fever, by disease; and wrought by thirst, by hunger ⟨respectively⟩. When the 8th falls in a movable ⟨a fixed, a dual⟩ sign, ⟨it comes⟩ in another's place, in his own place, ⟨and⟩ on the road — so ⟨it is said⟩.

शैलाग्राभिहतस्य सूर्य कुजयोर्मृत्युः ख बन्धुस्थयोः कूपे मन्द शशाङ्क भूमि तनयैर्बन्ध्वस्त कर्म स्थितैः । कन्यायां स्व जनाद् धिमोष्ण करयोः पाप ग्रहैर्दृष्टयोः स्यातां यद्युभयोदये अर्क शशिनौ तोये तदा मज्जितः

śailāgrābhihatasya sūrya kujayormṛtyuḥ kha bandhusthayoḥ kūpe manda śaśāṅka bhūmi tanayairbandhvasta karma sthitaiḥ | kanyāyāṃ sva janād dhimoṣṇa karayoḥ pāpa grahairdṛṣṭayoḥ syātāṃ yadyubhayodaye arka śaśinau toye tadā majjitaḥ

His death is that of one struck down by a mountain crag when the Sun and Mars stand in the 10th and the 4th; in a well, when Saturn, the Moon and Mars are placed in the 4th, the 7th and the 10th. When the cold-rayed and the hot-rayed ⟨the Moon and the Sun⟩ are in Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩ and aspected by malefic grahas, ⟨death comes⟩ from his own kin. And if the Sun and the Moon should stand in the sign that rises both ways ⟨ubhayodaya⟩, then he is drowned in the water.

मन्दे कर्कटगे जलोदर कृतो मृत्युर्मृगाङ्के मृगे शस्त्राग्नि प्रभवः शशिन्यशुभयोर्मध्ये कुजर्क्षे स्थिते । कन्यायां रुधिरोत्थ शोष जनितस्तद्वत् स्थिते शीतगौ सौरर्क्षे यदि तद्वद् एव हिमगौ रज्ज्वग्नि पातैः कृतः

mande karkaṭage jalodara kṛto mṛtyurmṛgāṅke mṛge śastrāgni prabhavaḥ śaśinyaśubhayormadhye kujarkṣe sthite | kanyāyāṃ rudhirottha śoṣa janitastadvat sthite śītagau saurarkṣe yadi tadvad eva himagau rajjvagni pātaiḥ kṛtaḥ

Saturn in Karkaṭa ⟨Cancer⟩: death caused by dropsy. The Moon in Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩: ⟨death⟩ arising from weapon and fire. The Moon standing between two malefics in a sign of Mars — and the cold-rayed one so placed in Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩: ⟨death⟩ produced by the wasting that rises out of the blood. And if the Moon be likewise in a sign of Saturn, ⟨death is⟩ wrought by rope, by fire, by falls.

बन्धाद् धीनवमस्थयोरशुभयोः सौम्यग्रहादृष्टयोर्द्रेष्काणैश्च स पाश सर्प निगडैश्छिद्र स्थितैर्बन्धतः । कन्यायाम् अशुभान्विते अस्तमयगे चन्द्रे सिते मेषगे सूर्ये लग्न गते च विद्धि मरणं स्त्री हेतुकं मन्दिरे

bandhād dhīnavamasthayoraśubhayoḥ saumyagrahādṛṣṭayordreṣkāṇaiśca sa pāśa sarpa nigaḍaiśchidra sthitairbandhataḥ | kanyāyām aśubhānvite astamayage candre site meṣage sūrye lagna gate ca viddhi maraṇaṃ strī hetukaṃ mandire

⟨Death⟩ from bondage, when those two malefics stand in the fifth and the ninth ⟨dhī and navama⟩ and are unaspected by any benefic graha, and when the drekkāṇas that hold the noose, the serpent and the fetters occupy the 8th. When the Moon, joined with a malefic, is in Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩ standing in the 7th, Venus is in Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩, and the Sun has gone to the ascendant — know his death to be caused by a woman, in the dwelling.

शूलोद्भिन्न तनुः सुखेऽवनि सुते सूर्येऽपि वा खे यमे स प्रक्षीण हिमांशुभिश्च युगपत् पापैस्त्रिकोणाद्यगैः । बन्धुस्थे च रवौ वियत्यवनिजे क्षीणेन्दु संवीक्षिते काष्ठेनाभिहतः प्रयाति मरणं सूर्यात्मजेनेक्षिते

śūlodbhinna tanuḥ sukhe'vani sute sūrye'pi vā khe yame sa prakṣīṇa himāṃśubhiśca yugapat pāpaistrikoṇādyagaiḥ | bandhusthe ca ravau viyatyavanije kṣīṇendu saṃvīkṣite kāṣṭhenābhihataḥ prayāti maraṇaṃ sūryātmajenekṣite

⟨His⟩ body is pierced through by a stake when Mars is in the 4th, or else the Sun in the 10th, ⟨or⟩ Saturn ⟨there⟩ — and when malefics together with the greatly waned Moon occupy at one and the same time the trikoṇa and the rest. And when the Sun is placed in the 4th and Mars in the 10th, aspected by the waned Moon, he goes to his death struck down by a piece of wood; ⟨so too⟩ when it is aspected by the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩.

रन्ध्रास्पदाङ्ग हिबुकैर्लगुडाहताङ्गः प्रक्षीण चन्द्ररुधिरार्कि दिनेशयुक्तैः । तैरेव कर्म नवमोदय पुत्र संस्थैर्धूमाग्नि बन्धन शरीर निकुट्टनान्तः

randhrāspadāṅga hibukairlaguḍāhatāṅgaḥ prakṣīṇa candrarudhirārki dineśayuktaiḥ | taireva karma navamodaya putra saṃsthairdhūmāgni bandhana śarīra nikuṭṭanāntaḥ

When the 8th, the 10th, the ascendant and the 4th are occupied by the greatly waned Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sun ⟨respectively⟩, his body is beaten down with a cudgel. When those same ⟨four⟩ stand in the 10th, the 9th, the ascendant and the 5th, his end is by smoke, by fire, by bondage, ⟨and⟩ by the pounding of the body.

बन्ध्वस्त कर्म सहितैः कुज सूर्य मन्दैर्निर्याणम् आयुध शिखि क्षिति पाल कोपात् । सौरेन्दु भूमि तनयैः स्व सुखास्पदस्थैर्ज्ञेयः क्षत कृमि कृतश्च शरीर घातः

bandhvasta karma sahitaiḥ kuja sūrya mandairniryāṇam āyudha śikhi kṣiti pāla kopāt | saurendu bhūmi tanayaiḥ sva sukhāspadasthairjñeyaḥ kṣata kṛmi kṛtaśca śarīra ghātaḥ

When the 4th, the 7th and the 10th are held by Mars, the Sun and Saturn, the departure ⟨niryāṇa⟩ comes from a weapon, from fire, and from the wrath of the protector of the earth ⟨the king⟩. When Saturn, the Moon and Mars stand in the 2nd, the 4th and the 10th, the ruin of the body is to be known as wrought by sores and by worms.

खस्थेऽर्केऽवनिजे रसातल गते यान प्रपाताद् वधो यन्त्रोत्पीडनजः कुजेऽस्तमयगे सौरेन्दिनाभ्युद्गमे । विण् मध्ये रुधिरार्कि शीत किरणैर्जूकाज सौरर्क्षगैर्यातैर्वा गलितेन्दु सूर्यरुधिरैर्व्योमास्त बन्ध्वाह्वयान्

khasthe'rke'vanije rasātala gate yāna prapātād vadho yantrotpīḍanajaḥ kuje'stamayage saurendinābhyudgame | viṇ madhye rudhirārki śīta kiraṇairjūkāja saurarkṣagairyātairvā galitendu sūryarudhirairvyomāsta bandhvāhvayān

With the Sun in the 10th and Mars gone to the 4th, death is from a fall out of a vehicle. It is born of the crushing of an engine when Mars is in the 7th and Saturn, the Moon and the Sun are in the rising ⟨sign⟩. ⟨Death comes⟩ in the midst of filth when Mars, Saturn and the cold-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ are in Jūka ⟨Libra⟩, Aja ⟨Aries⟩ and a sign of Saturn; or when the waned Moon, the Sun and Mars have gone to those called the 10th, the 7th and the 4th.

वीर्यान्वित वक्र वीक्षिते क्षीणेन्दौ निधन स्थितेऽर्कजे । गुह्योद्भवरोग पीडया मृत्युः स्यात् कृमि शस्त्रदाहजः

vīryānvita vakra vīkṣite kṣīṇendau nidhana sthite'rkaje | guhyodbhavaroga pīḍayā mṛtyuḥ syāt kṛmi śastradāhajaḥ

When the waned Moon is aspected by a Mars endowed with strength and Saturn stands in the 8th, death should come through the torment of a disease arising in the private parts, born of worms, of the knife, and of burning.

अस्ते रवौ सरुधिरे निधने अर्क पुत्रे क्षीणे रसातल गते हिमगौ खगान्तः । लग्नात्मजाष्टम तपःस्विन भौम मन्द चन्द्रैस्तु शैल शिखराशनि कुड्य पातैः

aste ravau sarudhire nidhane arka putre kṣīṇe rasātala gate himagau khagāntaḥ | lagnātmajāṣṭama tapaḥsvina bhauma manda candraistu śaila śikharāśani kuḍya pātaiḥ

The Sun with Mars in the 7th, Saturn in the 8th, the waned Moon gone to the 4th — his end is from birds. But with the Sun, Mars, Saturn and the Moon in the ascendant, the 5th, the 8th and the 9th, ⟨his end is⟩ by falls: of a mountain peak, of a thunderbolt, of a wall.

द्वाविंशः कथितस्तु कारणं द्रेष्काणो निधनस्य सूरिभिः । तस्याधिपतिर्भवोऽपि वा निर्याणं स्व गुणैः प्रयच्छति

dvāviṃśaḥ kathitastu kāraṇaṃ dreṣkāṇo nidhanasya sūribhiḥ | tasyādhipatirbhavo'pi vā niryāṇaṃ sva guṇaiḥ prayacchati

The twenty-second drekkāṇa is declared by the learned to be the cause of death. Its lord, or else the bhāva ⟨in which it falls⟩, bestows the manner of departure by its own qualities.

होरा नवांशकपयुक्त स मान भूमौ योगेक्षणादिभिरतः परिकल्प्यम् एतत् । मोहस्तु मृत्यु समये अनुदितांश तुल्यः स्वेशेक्षिते द्वि गुणितस्त्रिगुणः शुभैश्च

horā navāṃśakapayukta sa māna bhūmau yogekṣaṇādibhirataḥ parikalpyam etat | mohastu mṛtyu samaye anuditāṃśa tulyaḥ sveśekṣite dvi guṇitastriguṇaḥ śubhaiśca

In like manner ⟨is this to be judged⟩ upon the ground held by the lords of the horā and the navāṃśa, of the same measure; from this all this is to be worked out by conjunctions, aspects and the rest. The swoon at the time of death is equal to the un-risen degrees ⟨of the ascendant⟩; doubled when it is aspected by its own lord, and threefold by benefics.

दहन जल विमिश्रैर्भस्म संक्लेद शोषैर्निधन भवन संस्थैर्व्याल वर्गैर्विडन्तः । इति शव परिणामश्चिन्तनीयो यथोक्तः पृथुवि रचित शास्त्राद् गत्यनूकादि चिन्त्यम्

dahana jala vimiśrairbhasma saṃkleda śoṣairnidhana bhavana saṃsthairvyāla vargairviḍantaḥ | iti śava pariṇāmaścintanīyo yathoktaḥ pṛthuvi racita śāstrād gatyanūkādi cintyam

When ⟨signs⟩ of fire, of water, and of mixed ⟨nature⟩ stand in the house of death ⟨the 8th⟩, ⟨the corpse ends⟩ in ashes, in sodden decay, ⟨and⟩ in drying up; by the classes of savage beasts, its end is in dung. Thus is the fate of the corpse to be considered, as has been said. From the śāstra composed at length, the gati ⟨whither he goes⟩, the anūka ⟨whence he came⟩ and the rest are to be thought out.

गुरुरुडु पति शुक्रौ सूर्य भौमौ यम ज्ञौ विबुध पितृ तिरश्चो नारकीयांश्च कुर्युः । दिन कर शशि वीर्याधिष्ठितात् त्र्यंश नाथात् प्रवर सम निकृष्टास्तुङ्ग ह्रासाद् अनूके

gururuḍu pati śukrau sūrya bhaumau yama jñau vibudha pitṛ tiraśco nārakīyāṃśca kuryuḥ | dina kara śaśi vīryādhiṣṭhitāt tryaṃśa nāthāt pravara sama nikṛṣṭāstuṅga hrāsād anūke

Jupiter would make ⟨the state he came from⟩ that of the gods; the lord of the stars ⟨the Moon⟩ and Venus, that of the fathers; the Sun and Mars, that of beasts; and Saturn and Mercury, that of the dwellers in hell. In the matter of the anūka ⟨the state he came from⟩, ⟨these are⟩ highest, middling or degraded, according to the falling-off from exaltation of the lord of the drekkāṇa occupied by whichever of the Sun and the Moon has the strength.

गतिरपि रिपु रन्ध्र त्र्यंशपोऽस्तस्थितो वा गुरुरथरिपु केन्द्र च्छिद्रगः स्वोच्च संस्थः । उदयति भवनेऽन्त्ये सौम्य भागे च मोक्षो भवति यदि बलेन प्रोज्झितास्तत्र शेषाः

gatirapi ripu randhra tryaṃśapo'stasthito vā gururatharipu kendra cchidragaḥ svocca saṃsthaḥ | udayati bhavane'ntye saumya bhāge ca mokṣo bhavati yadi balena projjhitāstatra śeṣāḥ

The gati ⟨whither he goes⟩ likewise ⟨is judged⟩ from the lord of the drekkāṇa of the 6th and the 8th, or from ⟨that lord⟩ standing in the 7th. And when Jupiter, going to the 6th, to a kendra, or to the 8th, stands in his own exaltation, and the last sign ⟨Mīna, Pisces⟩ is rising in a benefic's portion, there is liberation ⟨mokṣa⟩ — if the remaining ⟨grahas⟩ there are cast out from strength.

आधान जन्मापरिबोध काले सम्पृच्छतो जन्म वदेद् विलग्नात् । पूर्वापरार्धे भवनस्य विन्द्याद् भानावुदग् दक्षिणगे प्रसूतिम्

ādhāna janmāparibodha kāle sampṛcchato janma vaded vilagnāt | pūrvāparārdhe bhavanasya vindyād bhānāvudag dakṣiṇage prasūtim

When the time of conception and of birth is not known, one should declare the birth of the one who asks from the ascendant ⟨of the moment of the query⟩. One should find the birth in the first or in the latter half of the sign (bhavana) according as the Sun is moving north or south.

लग्न त्रिकोणेषु गुरुस्त्रि भागैर्विकल्प्य वर्षाणि वयोऽनुमानात् । ग्रीष्मोऽर्क लग्ने कथितास्तु शेषैरन्यायनर्तावृतुरर्क चारात्

lagna trikoṇeṣu gurustri bhāgairvikalpya varṣāṇi vayo'numānāt | grīṣmo'rka lagne kathitāstu śeṣairanyāyanartāvṛturarka cārāt

With Jupiter in the lagna or in the trikoṇas, the years are to be settled by the three parts ⟨of its round⟩, by inference from the apparent age. When the Sun is in the lagna the season declared is grīṣma ⟨summer⟩; the rest ⟨of the seasons⟩ by the remaining ⟨signs⟩. In the other ayana ⟨take⟩ the season of that other course — the season is settled from the Sun's motion.

चन्द्र ज्ञ जीवाः परिवर्तनीयाः शुक्रार मन्दैरयने विलोमे । द्रेष्काण भागे प्रथमे तु पूर्वो मासोऽनुपाताच्च तिथिर्विकल्प्यः

candra jña jīvāḥ parivartanīyāḥ śukrāra mandairayane vilome | dreṣkāṇa bhāge prathame tu pūrvo māso'nupātācca tithirvikalpyaḥ

In the reverse ayana the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter are to be exchanged with Venus, Mars and Saturn. But in the first portion of the dreṣkāṇa the month is the earlier ⟨of the two⟩; and the tithi is to be settled by proportion.

अत्रापि होरा पटवो द्विजेन्द्राः सूर्यांश तुल्यां तिथिम् उद्दिशन्ति । रात्रि द्यु संज्ञेषु विलोम जन्म भागैश्च वेलाः क्रमशो विकल्प्याः

atrāpi horā paṭavo dvijendrāḥ sūryāṃśa tulyāṃ tithim uddiśanti | rātri dyu saṃjñeṣu viloma janma bhāgaiśca velāḥ kramaśo vikalpyāḥ

Here too the chief of the twice-born who are skilled in horā name the tithi as equal to the Sun's aṃśa. In the signs called nocturnal and diurnal the birth is the contrary ⟨one⟩; and the hours are to be settled in order by the degrees.

के चिच्छशाङ्काध्युषितान् नवांशाच्छुक्लान्त संज्ञं कथयन्ति मासम् । लग्न त्रिकोणोत्तम वीर्ययुक्तं सम्प्रोच्यते अङ्गालभनादिभिर्वा

ke cicchaśāṅkādhyuṣitān navāṃśācchuklānta saṃjñaṃ kathayanti māsam | lagna trikoṇottama vīryayuktaṃ samprocyate aṅgālabhanādibhirvā

Some declare the month — the one named from the end of the bright half — from the navāṃśa occupied by the Moon. ⟨Or⟩ whichever among the lagna and the trikoṇas is endowed with the greatest strength is pronounced ⟨the month⟩; or else ⟨it is told⟩ by the touching of a limb and the like.

यावान् गतः शीत करो विलग्नाच्चन्द्राद् वदेत् तावति जन्मराशिः । मीनोदये मीनयुगं प्रदिष्टं भक्ष्याहृताकाररुतैश्च चिन्त्यम्

yāvān gataḥ śīta karo vilagnāccandrād vadet tāvati janmarāśiḥ | mīnodaye mīnayugaṃ pradiṣṭaṃ bhakṣyāhṛtākārarutaiśca cintyam

By however much the cold-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ has passed from the lagna, at that same distance from the Moon one should declare the birth-rāśi. When Pisces rises, a pair of fishes is indicated; and ⟨the matter⟩ is to be considered from the food, from what is brought in, from the shape and from the sounds.

होरा नवांश प्रतिमं विलग्नं लग्नाद् रविर्यावति च दृकाणे । तस्माद् वदेत् तावति वा विलग्नं प्रष्टुः प्रसूताविति शास्त्रम् आह

horā navāṃśa pratimaṃ vilagnaṃ lagnād raviryāvati ca dṛkāṇe | tasmād vadet tāvati vā vilagnaṃ praṣṭuḥ prasūtāviti śāstram āha

The birth-ascendant answers to the horā and the navāṃśa ⟨of the query-lagna⟩; or, in whichever drekkāṇa from the lagna the Sun stands, at that same distance from it one should declare the ascendant at the querent's birth — so the śāstra says.

जन्मादिशेल् लग्नगे वीर्यगे वा छायाङ्गुल घ्नेर्कहतेऽवशिष्टम् । आसीन सुप्तोत्थित तिष्ठताभं जाया सुखाज्ञोदयगं प्रदिष्टम्

janmādiśel lagnage vīryage vā chāyāṅgula ghnerkahate'vaśiṣṭam | āsīna suptotthita tiṣṭhatābhaṃ jāyā sukhājñodayagaṃ pradiṣṭam

One should declare the birth from ⟨the graha⟩ standing in the lagna, or from the one in strength. ⟨The figure⟩ multiplied by the shadow-digits and by twelve — the remainder ⟨is to be taken⟩. The likeness of one seated, asleep, risen, or standing is declared ⟨according as the significator⟩ stands in jāyā (the 7th), sukha (the 4th), ājña ⟨the 10th⟩, or the ascendant.

गो सिंहौ जितुमाष्टमौ क्रिय तुले कन्या मृगौ च क्रमात् संवर्ग्या दशकाष्ट सप्त विषयैः शेषाः स्व संख्या गुणाः । जीवारास्फुजि दैन्दवाः प्रथमवच्छेषा ग्रहाः सौम्यवद् राशीनां नियतो विधिर्ग्रहयुतैः कार्या च तद्वर्गणा

go siṃhau jitumāṣṭamau kriya tule kanyā mṛgau ca kramāt saṃvargyā daśakāṣṭa sapta viṣayaiḥ śeṣāḥ sva saṃkhyā guṇāḥ | jīvārāsphuji daindavāḥ prathamavaccheṣā grahāḥ saumyavad rāśīnāṃ niyato vidhirgrahayutaiḥ kāryā ca tadvargaṇā

Taurus and Leo, Gemini (jituma) and the eighth ⟨Scorpio⟩, Aries (kriya) and Libra, Virgo and Capricorn are, in order, to be multiplied by ten, eight, seven and five; the remaining ⟨signs⟩ have their own number for multiplier. Jupiter, Mars, Venus and the Moon ⟨are reckoned⟩ as the first ⟨set⟩; the remaining grahas as Mercury ⟨is⟩. For the signs the rule is fixed; and that multiplying is to be done with the grahas joined ⟨to them⟩.

सप्ताहतं त्रि घन भाजित शेषम् ऋक्षं दत्त्वाथ वा नव विशोध्य न वाथ वास्मात् । एवं कलत्र सहजात्मज शत्रु भेभ्यः प्रष्टुर्वदेद् उदयराशि वशेन तेषाम्

saptāhataṃ tri ghana bhājita śeṣam ṛkṣaṃ dattvātha vā nava viśodhya na vātha vāsmāt | evaṃ kalatra sahajātmaja śatru bhebhyaḥ praṣṭurvaded udayarāśi vaśena teṣām

⟨The product⟩ multiplied by seven and divided by the cube of three ⟨twenty-seven⟩ — the remainder is the nakṣatra; or after adding nine to it, or after subtracting ⟨nine⟩ from it, or after doing neither. In this way one should declare, for the querent, ⟨the stars⟩ of the wife (kalatra, the 7th), the brother (sahaja, the 3rd), the son (ātmaja, the 5th) and the enemy (śatru, the 6th) — from those signs, and by force of their own rising sign.

वर्षर्तु मास तिथयो द्यु निशं ह्युडूनि वेलोदयर्क्ष नव भाग विकल्पनाः स्युः । भूयो दशादि गुणिताः स्व विकल्प भक्ता वर्षादयो नवकदान विशोधनाभ्याम्

varṣartu māsa tithayo dyu niśaṃ hyuḍūni velodayarkṣa nava bhāga vikalpanāḥ syuḥ | bhūyo daśādi guṇitāḥ sva vikalpa bhaktā varṣādayo navakadāna viśodhanābhyām

The year, the season, the month and the tithi; day and night; the nakṣatras; the hour and the ascendant — these are the alternatives to be settled by the rāśi and the navāṃśa. Again, multiplied by ten and the rest and divided by their own ⟨number of⟩ alternatives, the year and the rest ⟨are obtained⟩, by the adding and the subtracting of nine.

विज्ञेया दशकेष्वब्दा ऋतुमासास्तथैव च । अष्टकेष्वपि मासार्धास्तिथयश्च तथा स्मृताः

vijñeyā daśakeṣvabdā ṛtumāsāstathaiva ca | aṣṭakeṣvapi māsārdhāstithayaśca tathā smṛtāḥ

In the tens the years are to be known, and the seasons and the months likewise. In the eights too, the half-months and the tithis are held ⟨to be found⟩.

दिवारात्रि प्रसूतिं च नक्षत्रानयनं तथा । सप्तकेष्वपि वर्गेषु नित्यम् एवोपलक्षयेत्

divārātri prasūtiṃ ca nakṣatrānayanaṃ tathā | saptakeṣvapi vargeṣu nityam evopalakṣayet

And the birth by day or by night, and likewise the deriving of the nakṣatra, one should always mark in the groups of seven.

वेलाम् अथ विलग्नं च होराम् अंशकम् एव च । पञ्चकेषु विजानीयान् नष्ट जातक सिद्धये

velām atha vilagnaṃ ca horām aṃśakam eva ca | pañcakeṣu vijānīyān naṣṭa jātaka siddhaye

The hour, then the ascendant, and the horā and the aṃśa ⟨navāṃśa⟩ — one should know these in the groups of five, for the establishing of the lost horoscope (naṣṭa-jātaka).

संस्कार नाम मात्राद्वि गुणा छायाङ्गुलैः समायुक्ताः । शेषं त्रि नवक भक्तान् नक्षत्रं तद्धनिष्ठादि

saṃskāra nāma mātrādvi guṇā chāyāṅgulaiḥ samāyuktāḥ | śeṣaṃ tri navaka bhaktān nakṣatraṃ taddhaniṣṭhādi

The syllabic measures of the ⟨name given at the⟩ consecration, doubled and increased by the shadow-digits: the remainder from division by thrice nine ⟨twenty-seven⟩ is the nakṣatra, ⟨counted⟩ from Dhaniṣṭhā.

द्वि त्रि चतुर्दशदश तिथि सप्त त्रि गुणा नवाष्ट चेन्द्राद्याः । पञ्चदशघ्नास्तद्दिङ् मुखान्विता भधनिष्ठादि

dvi tri caturdaśadaśa tithi sapta tri guṇā navāṣṭa cendrādyāḥ | pañcadaśaghnāstaddiṅ mukhānvitā bhadhaniṣṭhādi

Two, three, fourteen, ten, tithi ⟨fifteen⟩, seven, three, nine and eight are the multipliers ⟨for the quarters⟩ beginning with Indra's; multiplied by fifteen and increased by ⟨the number of⟩ the quarter faced, ⟨they give⟩ the nakṣatra ⟨reckoned⟩ from Dhaniṣṭhā.

इति नष्ट जातकम् इदं बहु प्रकारं मया विनिर्दिष्टम् । ग्राह्यम् अतः सच्छिष्यैः परीक्ष्य यत्नाद् यथा भवति

iti naṣṭa jātakam idaṃ bahu prakāraṃ mayā vinirdiṣṭam | grāhyam ataḥ sacchiṣyaiḥ parīkṣya yatnād yathā bhavati

Thus has this ⟨matter of the⟩ lost horoscope been set forth by me in many ways. It is therefore to be accepted by worthy disciples ⟨only⟩ after testing, with effort, according as it proves out.

कट्यां सित वस्त्र वेष्टितः कृष्णः शक्त इवाभिरक्षितुम् । रौद्रः परशुं समुद्यतं धत्ते रक्त विलोचनः पुमान्

kaṭyāṃ sita vastra veṣṭitaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ śakta ivābhirakṣitum | raudraḥ paraśuṃ samudyataṃ dhatte rakta vilocanaḥ pumān

A man, black, a white cloth wound about his waist, red-eyed, fierce, as though able to protect, holds an axe raised on high. ⟨This is the first drekkāṇa of Aries.⟩

रक्ताम्बरा भूषण भक्ष्य चिन्ता कुम्भाकृतिर्वाजि मुखी तृषार्ता । एकेन पादेन च मेष मध्ये द्रेष्काणरूपं यवनोपदिष्टम्

raktāmbarā bhūṣaṇa bhakṣya cintā kumbhākṛtirvāji mukhī tṛṣārtā | ekena pādena ca meṣa madhye dreṣkāṇarūpaṃ yavanopadiṣṭam

⟨A woman⟩ robed in red, her thought on ornaments and food, jar-shaped in figure, horse-faced, tormented by thirst, and ⟨standing⟩ on one foot — this drekkāṇa-form in the middle of Aries the Yavanas (the Greeks) have taught.

क्रूरः कलाज्ञः कपिलः क्रियार्थी भग्न व्रतोऽभ्युद्य तदण्ड हस्तः । रक्तानि वस्त्राणि बिभर्ति चण्डो मेषे तृतीयः कथितस्त्रि भागः

krūraḥ kalājñaḥ kapilaḥ kriyārthī bhagna vrato'bhyudya tadaṇḍa hastaḥ | raktāni vastrāṇi bibharti caṇḍo meṣe tṛtīyaḥ kathitastri bhāgaḥ

Cruel, knowing the arts, tawny, bent on action, his vow broken, an upraised staff in his hand, furious, he wears red garments: in Aries the third third-part (drekkāṇa) is so declared.

कुञ्चित लून कचा घटदेहादग्ध पटा तृषिताशन चित्ता । आभरणान्यभिवाञ्छति नारी रूपम् इदं वृष भे प्रथमस्य

kuñcita lūna kacā ghaṭadehādagdha paṭā tṛṣitāśana cittā | ābharaṇānyabhivāñchati nārī rūpam idaṃ vṛṣa bhe prathamasya

A woman with curled, cropped hair, a body like a jar, her garment burnt, her mind on drink and food, longing for ornaments — this is the form of the first ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ in the sign Taurus.

क्षेत्रधान्य गृहधेनु कलाज्ञो लाङ्गले स शकटे कुशलश्च । स्कन्धम् उद्वहति गो पति तुल्यं क्षुत् परोऽज वदनो मल वासा

kṣetradhānya gṛhadhenu kalājño lāṅgale sa śakaṭe kuśalaśca | skandham udvahati go pati tulyaṃ kṣut paro'ja vadano mala vāsā

Knowing fields, grain, house, cows and the arts, and skilled at the plough and the cart, he bears up a shoulder like a bull's; given over to hunger, goat-faced, his clothes filthy. ⟨This is the middle drekkāṇa of Taurus.⟩

द्विप सम कायः पाण्डुरदंष्ट्रः शरभ समाङ्घ्रिः पिङ्गल मूर्तिः । अवि मृग लोभ व्याकुल चित्तो वृषभ वनस्य प्रान्त गतोऽयम्

dvipa sama kāyaḥ pāṇḍuradaṃṣṭraḥ śarabha samāṅghriḥ piṅgala mūrtiḥ | avi mṛga lobha vyākula citto vṛṣabha vanasya prānta gato'yam

With a body like an elephant's, white-tusked, feet like a śarabha's ⟨a fabled beast⟩, tawny of form, his mind distracted by greed for sheep and deer — this one has gone to the end of the sign ⟨bhavana⟩ of the Bull.

सूच्याश्रयं समभिवाञ्छति कर्म नारी रूपान्विताभरण कार्य कृतादरा च । हीन प्रजोच्छ्रित भुजर्तु मती त्रि भागम् आद्यं तृतीय भवनस्य वदन्ति तज्ज्ञाः

sūcyāśrayaṃ samabhivāñchati karma nārī rūpānvitābharaṇa kārya kṛtādarā ca | hīna prajocchrita bhujartu matī tri bhāgam ādyaṃ tṛtīya bhavanasya vadanti tajjñāḥ

A woman endowed with beauty who longs for work that rests on the needle, and takes pains over the making of ornaments; without offspring, her arms raised, in her courses (ṛtumatī) — those who know it call this the first third-part (drekkāṇa) of the third sign ⟨Gemini⟩.

उद्यान संस्थः कवची धनुष्माञ् छूरोऽस्त्रधारी गरुडाननश्च । क्रीडात्मजालंकरणार्थ चिन्तां करोति मध्ये मिथुनस्यराशेः

udyāna saṃsthaḥ kavacī dhanuṣmāñ chūro'stradhārī garuḍānanaśca | krīḍātmajālaṃkaraṇārtha cintāṃ karoti madhye mithunasyarāśeḥ

Standing in a garden, wearing armour, bearing a bow, a hero carrying weapons, and Garuḍa-faced, he takes thought for play, for offspring and for adornment — ⟨such is the drekkāṇa⟩ in the middle of the sign Gemini.

भूषितो वरुणवद् बहु रत्नो बद्ध तूण कवचः सधनुष्कः । नृत्त वादित कलासु च विद्वान् काव्य कृन् मिथुनराश्यवसाने

bhūṣito varuṇavad bahu ratno baddha tūṇa kavacaḥ sadhanuṣkaḥ | nṛtta vādita kalāsu ca vidvān kāvya kṛn mithunarāśyavasāne

Adorned like Varuṇa, rich in gems, quiver and armour bound on, a bow with him, learned in the arts of dance and of instrumental music, a maker of poetry — ⟨such is the form⟩ at the close of the sign Gemini.

पत्र मूल फल भृद् द्विप कायः कानने मलयगः शरभाङ्घ्रिः । क्रोड तुल्य वदनो हय कण्ठः कर्कटे प्रथमरूपम् उशन्ति

patra mūla phala bhṛd dvipa kāyaḥ kānane malayagaḥ śarabhāṅghriḥ | kroḍa tulya vadano haya kaṇṭhaḥ karkaṭe prathamarūpam uśanti

Bearing leaves, roots and fruits, elephant-bodied, ranging the woods on Malaya, śarabha-footed, boar-faced, horse-necked — this they hold to be the first form in Cancer.

पद्मार्चिता मूर्धनि भोगि युक्ता स्त्री कर्क शारण्य गता विरौति । शाखां पलाशस्य समाश्रिता च मध्ये स्थिता कर्कटकस्यराशेः

padmārcitā mūrdhani bhogi yuktā strī karka śāraṇya gatā virauti | śākhāṃ palāśasya samāśritā ca madhye sthitā karkaṭakasyarāśeḥ

Honoured with lotuses, a serpent on her head, a woman gone into a harsh forest cries aloud, and she clings to a branch of the palāśa ⟨flame-of-the-forest⟩ — she stands in the middle of the sign Cancer.

भार्याभरणार्थम् अर्णवं नौस्थो गच्छति सर्प वेष्टितः । हैमैश्च युतो विभूषणैश्चिपिटास्योऽन्त्य गतश्च कर्कटे

bhāryābharaṇārtham arṇavaṃ naustho gacchati sarpa veṣṭitaḥ | haimaiśca yuto vibhūṣaṇaiścipiṭāsyo'ntya gataśca karkaṭe

For his wife's ornaments he goes upon the ocean, standing in a boat, wound about by a serpent, furnished with golden ornaments, flat-faced — and he is gone to the last ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ in Cancer.

शाल्मलेरुपरि गृध्र जम्बुकौ श्वा नरश्च मलिनाम्बरान्वितः । रौति मातृपितृविप्रयोजितः सिंहरूपम् इदम् आद्यम् उच्यते

śālmalerupari gṛdhra jambukau śvā naraśca malināmbarānvitaḥ | rauti mātṛpitṛviprayojitaḥ siṃharūpam idam ādyam ucyate

Upon a śālmali ⟨silk-cotton tree⟩ a vulture and a jackal; a dog; and a man clad in filthy garments, parted from mother and father, cries out — this is called the first form of Leo.

हयाकृतिः पाण्डुर माल्य शेखरो बिभर्ति कृष्णाजिन कम्बलं नरः । दुरासदः सिंह इवात्त कार्मुको नताग्र नासो मृगराज मध्यमः

hayākṛtiḥ pāṇḍura mālya śekharo bibharti kṛṣṇājina kambalaṃ naraḥ | durāsadaḥ siṃha ivātta kārmuko natāgra nāso mṛgarāja madhyamaḥ

Horse-shaped, a white garland for his crest, the man wears a black antelope's hide and a blanket; hard to approach as a lion, his bow taken up, his nose bent at the tip — ⟨he is⟩ the middle ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of the king of beasts ⟨Leo⟩.

ऋक्षाननो वानर तुल्य चेष्टो बिभर्ति दण्डं फलम् आमिषं च । कूर्ची मनुष्यः कुटिलैश्च केशैर्मृगेश्वरस्यान्त्य गतस्त्रि भागः

ṛkṣānano vānara tulya ceṣṭo bibharti daṇḍaṃ phalam āmiṣaṃ ca | kūrcī manuṣyaḥ kuṭilaiśca keśairmṛgeśvarasyāntya gatastri bhāgaḥ

Bear-faced, his movements like a monkey's, he carries a staff, fruit and flesh; a bearded man, and with curling hair — ⟨this is⟩ the last third-part (drekkāṇa) of the lord of beasts ⟨Leo⟩.

पुष्प प्रपूर्णेन घटेन कन्या मल प्रदिग्धाम्बर संवृताङ्गी । वस्त्रार्थ संयोगम् अभीष्टमाना गुरोः कुलं वाञ्छति कन्यकाद्यः

puṣpa prapūrṇena ghaṭena kanyā mala pradigdhāmbara saṃvṛtāṅgī | vastrārtha saṃyogam abhīṣṭamānā guroḥ kulaṃ vāñchati kanyakādyaḥ

A maiden with a jar filled with flowers, her body wrapped in a garment smeared with dirt, desiring the getting of clothes and wealth, longs for her teacher's house — ⟨this is⟩ the first ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of Virgo.

पुरुषः प्रगृहीत लेखनिः श्यामो वस्त्र शिरा व्ययायकृत् । विपुलं च बिभर्ति कार्मुकं रोम व्याप्त तनुश्च मध्यमः

puruṣaḥ pragṛhīta lekhaniḥ śyāmo vastra śirā vyayāyakṛt | vipulaṃ ca bibharti kārmukaṃ roma vyāpta tanuśca madhyamaḥ

A man holding a pen, dark, a cloth about his head, a reckoner of outgo and income; and he carries a great bow, and his body is covered with hair — ⟨such is⟩ the middle ⟨drekkāṇa, of Virgo⟩.

गौरी सुधौताग्रदुकूल गुप्ता समुच्छ्रिता कुम्भ कटच्छुहस्ता । देवालयं स्त्री प्रयता प्रवृत्ता वदन्ति कन्यान्त्य गतस्त्रि भागः

gaurī sudhautāgradukūla guptā samucchritā kumbha kaṭacchuhastā | devālayaṃ strī prayatā pravṛttā vadanti kanyāntya gatastri bhāgaḥ

Fair, wrapped in a well-washed dukūla ⟨fine cloth⟩ of the first quality, tall, a jar and a ladle in her hands, a woman purified ⟨for worship⟩ and set out for the temple — this, they say, is the last third-part (drekkāṇa) of Virgo.

वीथ्यन्तरापण गतः पुरुषस्तुलावान् उन्मान मान कुशलः प्रतिमान हस्तः । भाण्डं विचिन्तयति तस्य च मूल्यम् एतद् रूपं वदन्ति यवनाः प्रथमं तुलायाः

vīthyantarāpaṇa gataḥ puruṣastulāvān unmāna māna kuśalaḥ pratimāna hastaḥ | bhāṇḍaṃ vicintayati tasya ca mūlyam etad rūpaṃ vadanti yavanāḥ prathamaṃ tulāyāḥ

A man gone to a shop in the market street, holding a balance, skilled in weights and measures, counterpoises in his hand, pondering the goods and their price — this form the Yavanas call the first of Libra.

कलशं परिगृह्य विनिष्पतितुं समभीप्सति गृध्र मुखः पुरुषः । क्षुधितस्तृषितश्च कलत्र सुतान् मनसैति तुलाधर मध्य गतः

kalaśaṃ parigṛhya viniṣpatituṃ samabhīpsati gṛdhra mukhaḥ puruṣaḥ | kṣudhitastṛṣitaśca kalatra sutān manasaiti tulādhara madhya gataḥ

Taking up a water-jar, a vulture-faced man wants to rush out; hungry and thirsty, in mind he goes to wife and sons — ⟨such is he who⟩ has gone to the middle of the balance-bearer ⟨Libra⟩.

विभीषयंस्तिष्ठति रत्न चित्रितो वने मृगान् काञ्चन तूण वर्म भृत् । फलामिषं वानररूपभृन् नरस्तुला वसाने यवनैरुदाहृतः

vibhīṣayaṃstiṣṭhati ratna citrito vane mṛgān kāñcana tūṇa varma bhṛt | phalāmiṣaṃ vānararūpabhṛn narastulā vasāne yavanairudāhṛtaḥ

Bright with gems, bearing a golden quiver and armour, ⟨holding⟩ fruit and flesh, wearing the form of a monkey, a man stands terrifying the deer in the forest — so the Yavanas have declared at the close of Libra.

वस्त्रैर्विहीनाभरणैश्च नारी महा समुद्रात् समुपैति कूलम् । स्थान च्युता सर्प निबद्ध पादा मनोरमा वृश्चिकराशि पूर्वः

vastrairvihīnābharaṇaiśca nārī mahā samudrāt samupaiti kūlam | sthāna cyutā sarpa nibaddha pādā manoramā vṛścikarāśi pūrvaḥ

A woman bereft of clothes and of ornaments comes up to the shore out of the great ocean; fallen from her place, her feet bound by a serpent, and lovely — ⟨this is⟩ the first ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of the sign Scorpio.

स्थान सुखान्यभिवाञ्छति नारी भर्तृकृते भुजगावृतदेहा । कच्छप कुम्भ स मान शरीरा वृश्चिक मध्यमरूपम् उशन्ति

sthāna sukhānyabhivāñchati nārī bhartṛkṛte bhujagāvṛtadehā | kacchapa kumbha sa māna śarīrā vṛścika madhyamarūpam uśanti

A woman longs for place and comforts for her husband's sake, her body encircled by a snake, her body of the measure of a tortoise and a jar — this they hold to be the middle form of Scorpio.

पृथुल चिपिट कूर्म तुल्य वक्त्रः श्व मृग वराह सृगाल भीषकारी । अवति च मलयाकर प्रदेशं मृग पतिरन्त्य गतस्य वृश्चिकस्य

pṛthula cipiṭa kūrma tulya vaktraḥ śva mṛga varāha sṛgāla bhīṣakārī | avati ca malayākara pradeśaṃ mṛga patirantya gatasya vṛścikasya

Broad and flat of face like a tortoise, striking fear into dog, deer, boar and jackal, a lion guards the mine-region of Malaya — ⟨this is the form⟩ of the last part of Scorpio.

मनुष्य वक्त्रोऽश्व स मान कायो धनुर्विगृह्यायतम् आश्रमस्थः । क्रतूपयोज्यानि तपस्विनश्च ररक्ष आद्यो धनुषस्त्रि भागः

manuṣya vaktro'śva sa māna kāyo dhanurvigṛhyāyatam āśramasthaḥ | kratūpayojyāni tapasvinaśca rarakṣa ādyo dhanuṣastri bhāgaḥ

Human-faced, his body of the measure of a horse, having seized a long bow, standing at a hermitage, he guarded what is fit for use in sacrifice, and the ascetics — ⟨he is⟩ the first third-part (drekkāṇa) of Sagittarius.

मनोरमा चम्पक हेम वर्णा भद्रासने तिष्ठति मध्यरूपा । समुद्ररत्नानि विघट्टयन्ती मध्य त्रि भागो धनुषः प्रदिष्टः

manoramā campaka hema varṇā bhadrāsane tiṣṭhati madhyarūpā | samudraratnāni vighaṭṭayantī madhya tri bhāgo dhanuṣaḥ pradiṣṭaḥ

Lovely, of the colour of campaka and of gold, she sits on a fine seat, of middling build, turning over the gems of the sea — the middle third-part (drekkāṇa) of Sagittarius is thus declared.

कूर्ची नरो हाटक चम्पकाभो वरासने दण्डधरो निषण्णः । कौशेयकान्युद्वहतेऽजिनं च तृतीयरूपं नवमस्यराशेः

kūrcī naro hāṭaka campakābho varāsane daṇḍadharo niṣaṇṇaḥ | kauśeyakānyudvahate'jinaṃ ca tṛtīyarūpaṃ navamasyarāśeḥ

A bearded man, shining like gold and campaka, seated on an excellent seat and holding a staff, wears silks and a deerskin — ⟨this is⟩ the third form of the ninth sign ⟨Sagittarius⟩.

रोम चितो मकरोपमदंष्ट्रः सूकरकाय समान शरीरः । योक्त्रक जालक बन्धनधारी रौद्र मुखो मकर प्रथमस्तु

roma cito makaropamadaṃṣṭraḥ sūkarakāya samāna śarīraḥ | yoktraka jālaka bandhanadhārī raudra mukho makara prathamastu

Covered with hair, his tusks like a makara's ⟨the sea-monster's⟩, his body of the measure of a hog's, carrying rope, net and fetters, terrible of face — such is the first ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of Capricorn (makara).

कलास्वभिज्ञाब्जदलायताक्षी श्यामा विचित्राणि च मार्गमाणा । विभूषणालंकृत लोह कर्णा योषा प्रदिष्टा मकरस्य मध्ये

kalāsvabhijñābjadalāyatākṣī śyāmā vicitrāṇi ca mārgamāṇā | vibhūṣaṇālaṃkṛta loha karṇā yoṣā pradiṣṭā makarasya madhye

Skilled in the arts, her eyes long as lotus-petals, dark, and seeking out curious things, her ears adorned with ornaments of metal (loha) — such a woman is declared for the middle of Capricorn.

किन्नरोपम तनुः स कम्बलस्तूण चाप कवचैः समन्वितः । कुम्भम् उद्वहति रत्न चित्रितं स्कन्धगं मकरराशि पश्चिमः

kinnaropama tanuḥ sa kambalastūṇa cāpa kavacaiḥ samanvitaḥ | kumbham udvahati ratna citritaṃ skandhagaṃ makararāśi paścimaḥ

His body like a kinnara's, with a blanket, furnished with quiver, bow and armour, he carries on his shoulder a jar bright with gems — ⟨this is⟩ the last ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of the sign Capricorn.

स्नेह मद्य जल भोजनागम व्याकुली कृत मनाः स कम्बलः । कोश कार वसनोऽजिनान्वितो गृध्र तुल्य वदनो घटादिगः

sneha madya jala bhojanāgama vyākulī kṛta manāḥ sa kambalaḥ | kośa kāra vasano'jinānvito gṛdhra tulya vadano ghaṭādigaḥ

His mind made distracted by the getting of oils, liquor, water and food; wrapped in a blanket, clothed in silk and furnished with a hide, his face like a vulture's — ⟨such is⟩ the one who has come to the first ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of Ghaṭa (Aquarius).

दग्धे शकटे स शाल्मले लोहान्याहरते अङ्गना वने । मलिनेन पटेन संवृता भाण्डैर्मूर्ध्नि गतैश्च मध्यमः

dagdhe śakaṭe sa śālmale lohānyāharate aṅganā vane | malinena paṭena saṃvṛtā bhāṇḍairmūrdhni gataiśca madhyamaḥ

By a burnt cart, in a forest with śālmalī trees, a woman carries iron ⟨wares⟩; she is wrapped in a soiled cloth, with vessels ⟨set⟩ upon her head — ⟨this is⟩ the middle ⟨drekkāṇa of Ghaṭa/Aquarius⟩.

श्यामः सरोम श्रवणः किरीटी त्वक् पत्र निर्यास फलैर्बिभर्ति । भाण्डानि लोह व्यतिमिश्रितानि सञ्चारयत्यन्त गतो घटस्य

śyāmaḥ saroma śravaṇaḥ kirīṭī tvak patra niryāsa phalairbibharti | bhāṇḍāni loha vyatimiśritāni sañcārayatyanta gato ghaṭasya

Dark-complexioned, with hairy ears, wearing a diadem, he sustains ⟨himself⟩ by bark, leaves, resin and fruits, and carries about vessels of mixed metal — ⟨such is⟩ the one gone to the end of Ghaṭa (the last drekkāṇa of Aquarius).

स्रुग् भाण्ड मुक्तामणि शङ्ख मिश्रैर्व्याक्षिप्त हस्तः स विभूषणश्च । भार्या विभूषार्थम् अपां निधानं नावा प्लवत्यादि गतो झषस्य

srug bhāṇḍa muktāmaṇi śaṅkha miśrairvyākṣipta hastaḥ sa vibhūṣaṇaśca | bhāryā vibhūṣārtham apāṃ nidhānaṃ nāvā plavatyādi gato jhaṣasya

His hands busied with an assortment of sacrificial ladles, vessels, pearls, gems and conches, and himself adorned with ornaments, he sails by boat over the receptacle of the waters ⟨the ocean⟩ for the sake of ornaments for his wife — ⟨such is⟩ the one gone to the first ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of Jhaṣa (Pisces).

अत्युच्छ्रितध्वज पताकम् उपैति पोतं कूलं प्रयाति जलधेः परिवारयुक्ता । वर्णेन चम्पक मुखी प्रमदा त्रि भागो मीनस्य चैष कथितो मुनिभिर्द्वितीयः

atyucchritadhvaja patākam upaiti potaṃ kūlaṃ prayāti jaladheḥ parivārayuktā | varṇena campaka mukhī pramadā tri bhāgo mīnasya caiṣa kathito munibhirdvitīyaḥ

She approaches a ship with flags and banners raised very high; attended by her retinue she goes to the shore of the ocean — a young woman, campaka-hued of face in her complexion. And this the sages have declared to be the second third-part ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of Mīna (Pisces).

श्वभ्रान्तिके सर्प निवेष्टिताङ्गो वस्त्रैर्विहीनः पुरुषस्त्वटव्याम् । चौरानल व्याकुलितान्तरात्मा विक्रोशतेऽन्त्योपगतो झषस्य

śvabhrāntike sarpa niveṣṭitāṅgo vastrairvihīnaḥ puruṣastvaṭavyām | caurānala vyākulitāntarātmā vikrośate'ntyopagato jhaṣasya

Near a pit, his limbs coiled about by a serpent, a man in the wilderness stripped of clothing, his inmost self distraught by thieves and fire, cries aloud — ⟨such is⟩ the one gone to the last ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of Jhaṣa (Pisces).

राशि प्रभेदो ग्रहयोनि भेदो वियोनि जन्माथ निषेक कालः । जन्माथ सद्यो मरणं तथायुर्दशा विपाकोऽष्टक वर्ग संज्ञः

rāśi prabhedo grahayoni bhedo viyoni janmātha niṣeka kālaḥ | janmātha sadyo maraṇaṃ tathāyurdaśā vipāko'ṣṭaka varga saṃjñaḥ

The divisions of the rāśis; the divisions of the grahas by kind; birth in ⟨other⟩ wombs; then the time of conception; then birth; death that follows at once; likewise longevity; the ripening of the daśās; ⟨and⟩ that named aṣṭakavarga —

कर्माजीवो राजयोगाः खयोगाश्चान्द्रा योगा द्विग्रहाद्याश्च योगाः । प्रव्रज्याथो राशि शीलानि दृष्टिर्भावस्तस्माद् आश्रयोऽथ प्रकीर्णः

karmājīvo rājayogāḥ khayogāścāndrā yogā dvigrahādyāśca yogāḥ | pravrajyātho rāśi śīlāni dṛṣṭirbhāvastasmād āśrayo'tha prakīrṇaḥ

Work and livelihood; the rāja-yogas; the kha-yogas; the yogas of the Moon, and the yogas beginning with the two-graha ⟨conjunctions⟩; then going forth ⟨as a renunciant⟩; the characters of the rāśis; aspect (dṛṣṭi); the houses (bhāva); after that āśraya; then the miscellany —

नेष्टा योगा जातकं कामिनीनां निर्याणं स्यान् नष्ट जन्मदृकाणः । अध्यायानां विंशतिः पञ्च युक्ता जन्मन्येतद् यात्रिकं चाभिधास्ये

neṣṭā yogā jātakaṃ kāminīnāṃ niryāṇaṃ syān naṣṭa janmadṛkāṇaḥ | adhyāyānāṃ viṃśatiḥ pañca yuktā janmanyetad yātrikaṃ cābhidhāsye

The undesired yogas; the horoscopy of women; ⟨the manner of⟩ departure; the lost nativity; ⟨and⟩ the drekkāṇas — twenty chapters joined with five. This much ⟨belongs⟩ to nativity; and I shall ⟨now⟩ declare what concerns the march (yātrika).

प्रश्नास्तिथिर्भं दिवसः क्षणश्च चन्द्रो विलग्नं त्वथ लग्न भेदः । शुद्धिर्ग्रहाणाम् अथ चाप वादो विमिश्रकाख्यं तनु वेपनं च

praśnāstithirbhaṃ divasaḥ kṣaṇaśca candro vilagnaṃ tvatha lagna bhedaḥ | śuddhirgrahāṇām atha cāpa vādo vimiśrakākhyaṃ tanu vepanaṃ ca

The queries (praśna); the tithi; the nakṣatra; the day; the moment; the Moon; the ascendant (vilagna); then the divisions of the lagna; the purity of the grahas; and then the exceptions; that named vimiśraka ⟨the mixed⟩; and the throbbing of the body —

अतः परं गुह्यक पूजनं स्यात् स्वप्नं ततः स्नान विधिः प्रदिष्टः । यज्ञो ग्रहाणाम् अथ निर्गमश्च क्रमाच्च दिष्टः शकुनोपदेशः

ataḥ paraṃ guhyaka pūjanaṃ syāt svapnaṃ tataḥ snāna vidhiḥ pradiṣṭaḥ | yajño grahāṇām atha nirgamaśca kramācca diṣṭaḥ śakunopadeśaḥ

After this comes the worship of the guhyakas; then dreams; then the rite of bathing is set forth; the sacrifice to the grahas; and then the setting out; and, in order, the teaching on omens —

विवाह कालः करणं ग्रहाणां प्रोक्तं पृथक् तद्विपुलाथ शाखा । स्कन्धैस्त्रिभिर्ज्योतिष संग्रहोऽयं मया कृतो दैव विदां हिताय

vivāha kālaḥ karaṇaṃ grahāṇāṃ proktaṃ pṛthak tadvipulātha śākhā | skandhaistribhirjyotiṣa saṃgraho'yaṃ mayā kṛto daiva vidāṃ hitāya

The time of marriage ⟨and⟩ the computation of the grahas have been declared separately, ⟨for⟩ that branch is vast. This compendium of jyotiṣa, in three skandhas ⟨branches⟩, has been made by me for the benefit of those who know destiny.

पृथु विरचितम् अन्यैः शास्त्रम् एतत् समस्तं तदनु लघु मयेदं तत् प्रदेशार्थम् एव । कृतम् इह हि समर्थं धीविषाणामलत्वे मम यदिह यदुक्तं सज्जनैः क्षम्यतां तत्

pṛthu viracitam anyaiḥ śāstram etat samastaṃ tadanu laghu mayedaṃ tat pradeśārtham eva | kṛtam iha hi samarthaṃ dhīviṣāṇāmalatve mama yadiha yaduktaṃ sajjanaiḥ kṣamyatāṃ tat

This whole śāstra was composed at length by others; after them this brief ⟨work⟩ ⟨was made⟩ by me, only to point the way to it. What has been made here is indeed sufficient for making the horn of the intellect spotless; whatever I have said here, let the good forgive it.

ग्रन्थस्य यत् प्रचरतोऽस्य विनाशम् एति लेख्याद् बहुश्रुत मुखाधिगम क्रमेण । यद् वा मया कुकृतम् अल्पम् इहाकृतं वा कार्यं तदत्र विदुषा परिहृत्य रागम्

granthasya yat pracarato'sya vināśam eti lekhyād bahuśruta mukhādhigama krameṇa | yad vā mayā kukṛtam alpam ihākṛtaṃ vā kāryaṃ tadatra viduṣā parihṛtya rāgam

Whatever of this book, as it circulates, comes to ruin through the scribe's fault — that the learned man is to make good here, learning it step by step from the mouths of the widely learned; and so too whatever I have done badly here, or done too little, or left undone: that is to be done here by the learned man, laying partiality aside.

आदित्यदास तनयस्तदवाप्त बोधः कापित्थके सवितृ लब्ध वर प्रसादः । आवन्तिको मुनि मतान्यवलोक्य सम्यग् घोरां वराहमिहिरो रुचिरां चकार

ādityadāsa tanayastadavāpta bodhaḥ kāpitthake savitṛ labdha vara prasādaḥ | āvantiko muni matānyavalokya samyag ghorāṃ varāhamihiro rucirāṃ cakāra

Varāhamihira — son of Ādityadāsa and having got his understanding from him; who at Kāpitthaka received the boon of the Sun's favour; a man of Avantī — having examined well the doctrines of the sages, made ⟨this⟩ delightful Horā.

दिन कर मुनि गुरु चरण प्रणिपात कृत प्रसाद मतिनेदम् । शास्त्रम् उपसंगृहीतं नमोऽस्तु पूर्व प्रणेतृभ्यः

dina kara muni guru caraṇa praṇipāta kṛta prasāda matinedam | śāstram upasaṃgṛhītaṃ namo'stu pūrva praṇetṛbhyaḥ

This śāstra has been compiled ⟨by one⟩ whose understanding was made gracious by prostration at the feet of the Sun, the sages and ⟨his⟩ teachers. Salutation to the earlier propounders.